Annual Report 2021  
1
 
Annual Report 2021  
Contents  
Overview of the Group...…………………………………….….… 3  
Key financial ratios..........………………….……………………….4  
CEO’s letter to shareholders…........…...........….........……5  
Other activities...........…………………………………………..…24  
Shareholders............………………………..………………........25  
Organisation and management.....….…….…………….…..26  
Management’s Report  
Statement and reports  
Financial Review……...........…............……...............…..…6  
Board of Directors’ Review…....……….………………..….....12  
Our external environment…………………………………….…14  
Applied calculation methods and alternative  
performance measures…………………....................….... 15  
Management and directorship………………………..…...…17  
Statement by the Management…..………………..…………29  
Internal auditor’s report…..……......…………………….......30  
Independent auditors’ report.…………………………........ 31  
Financial statement  
Contents..…........................................…………………...…37  
Income statement.…………………………………………..........38  
Balance sheet..………………………………….………………...... 40  
Statement of capital.........….………………………….…………42  
Cash flow...........……………………………………………………...45  
Notes......................………………………………………………...46  
Definitions of key financial ratios....……………….........116  
Segments  
Banking......................…………………………………….….......20  
Personal Banking……………………………………………..........21  
Corporate Banking…....…………….………………………..….…22  
Insurance..................….……………………………………........23  
2
 
Annual Report 2021  
Overview of the Group  
BankNordik  
Trygd  
NordikLív  
100%  
Skyn  
100%  
100%  
Banking is the principal business activity under the BankNordik brand in the Faroe
Islands and in Greenland. The Group has non-life and life insurance operations in the
Faroe Islands under the Trygd and NordikLív brands.  
Other activities include Skyn, a Faroese estate agency.  
3
 
Annual Report 2021  
Financial highlights and ratios - BankNordik Group  
Highlights  
Full year  
2021  
Full year Index  
Q4  
2021  
Q3  
2021  
Q2  
2021  
Q1  
2021  
Q4  
2020  
DKK 1,000  
2020 21/20  
Net interest income  
268,580  
3,429  
278,220  
3,272  
97  
105  
133  
103  
75  
66,244  
0
68,557  
7
67,103  
2,918  
66,677  
505  
68,893  
0
Dividends from shares and other investments  
Net fee and commision income  
Net interest and fee income  
79,360  
351,370  
33,895  
385,264  
4,391  
59,892  
341,384  
45,152  
386,535  
-16,968  
7,086  
22,549  
88,794  
5,909  
18,923  
87,486  
6,844  
19,368  
89,388  
13,940  
103,329  
-4,554  
18,520  
85,702  
7,202  
15,979  
84,872  
11,583  
96,455  
2,389  
Net insurance income  
Interest and fee income and income from insurance activities, net  
100  
94,703  
5,720  
94,329  
1,855  
92,904  
1,371  
Market value adjustments  
Other operating income  
11,009  
232,567  
-76,561  
193,356  
78,983  
272,340  
7,624,093  
1,880,565  
2,684  
155  
95  
3,456  
2,666  
3,436  
1,452  
3,103  
Staff costs and administrative expenses  
Impairment charges on loans and advances etc.  
Net profit continuing operations  
Net profit discontinued operations  
Net profit  
244,335  
43,698  
-40,216  
80,655  
-4,134  
76,521  
7,624,093  
1,880,565  
2,684  
57,215  
-12,919  
41,417  
1,241  
43,027  
-11,008  
67,771  
-8,533  
88,627  
-12,418  
3,514  
64,063  
-9,557  
36,448  
6,839  
-4,962 1,543  
103,150  
63,035  
187  
125  
164  
100  
42  
90,409  
93,922  
7,449,620  
2,835,773  
2,491  
166,186  
7,607,901  
4,472,621  
2,432  
42,658  
7,591,918  
2,225,511  
2,551  
59,238  
7,601,355  
2,357,080  
2,491  
43,287  
7,607,901  
4,472,621  
2,432  
Loans and advances  
Bonds at fair value  
Intangible assets  
110  
Assets held for sale  
0
4,466  
0
3,564  
3,564  
3,564  
4,466  
Assets in disposals groups classified as held for sale  
Total assets  
0
3,217,940  
17,290,303  
0
0
0
0
3,217,940  
17,290,303  
27,954  
0
11,789,746  
838,608  
348,938  
7,899,659  
68  
11,789,746  
838,608  
348,938  
7,899,659  
11,416,425  
548,255  
349,008  
7,417,275  
12,000,521  
1,037,969  
148,875  
7,642,397  
11,971,157  
1,263,398  
0
Amounts due to credit institutions and central banks  
Issued bonds at amortised cost  
27,954 3,000  
0
Deposits and other debt  
7,733,408  
102  
7,512,542  
7,733,408  
Liabilities directly associated with assets in disposal groups  
classified as held for sale  
0
6,520,004  
2,271,024  
0
0
0
0
6,520,004  
2,271,024  
Total shareholders' equity  
2,035,853  
90  
2,035,853  
2,409,699  
2,368,780  
2,312,540  
Dec. 31  
2021  
Dec. 31  
2020  
Dec. 31  
2021  
Sept. 30  
2021  
June 30  
2021  
March 31  
2021  
Dec. 31  
2020  
Ratios and key figures  
Solvency  
Total capital ratio, incl. MREL capital, %  
Total capital ratio, %  
29.6  
27.5  
26.4  
26.4  
29.6  
27.5  
31.7  
29.6  
31.3  
29.2  
36.2  
36.2  
26.4  
26.4  
Core capital ratio, %  
26.0  
24.1  
26.0  
28.2  
27.8  
33.1  
24.1  
CET 1 capital  
23.8  
22.6  
23.8  
26.1  
25.7  
31.0  
22.6  
Risk-weighted Items, DKK mill  
Profitability  
6,841  
9,774  
6,841  
7,035  
7,134  
7,147  
9,774  
Return on shareholders' equity after tax, %  
Cost / income, %  
12.6  
40.7  
60.4  
2.3  
7.6  
65.7  
64.1  
1.0  
3.4  
4.9  
1.8  
46.9  
61.1  
0.4  
2.5  
32.8  
41.7  
0.5  
4.1  
81.6  
95.9  
0.8  
1.9  
55.3  
66.2  
0.3  
Cost / income, % (excl. value adjustm. and impairments)  
Return on assets  
46.2  
0.6  
Market risk  
Interest rate risk, %  
-0.4  
0.8  
0.0  
0.5  
1.0  
0.0  
-0.4  
0.8  
0.0  
-0.3  
0.6  
0.0  
0.2  
0.7  
0.0  
0.4  
0.7  
0.0  
0.5  
1.0  
0.0  
Foreign exchange position, %  
Foreign exchange risk, %  
Liquidity  
Liquidity Coverage Ratio (LCR), %  
Credit risk  
191.4  
231.1  
191.4  
185.9  
202.5  
211.7  
231.1  
Change in loans and advances, %  
Gearing of loans and advances  
Impairment and provisioning ratio, end of period, %  
Write-off and provisioning ratio, %  
Share of amounts due on which interest rates  
have been reduced, end of period, %  
Shares  
0.2  
3.7  
-23.2  
3.3  
0.4  
3.7  
-0.1  
3.2  
2.0  
3.2  
-2.1  
3.2  
3.6  
0.0  
1.8  
3.3  
2.6  
5.1  
2.6  
2.9  
3.0  
5.1  
-0.8  
-0.1  
-0.4  
-0.1  
-0.2  
-0.1  
0.3  
0.7  
0.3  
0.3  
0.4  
0.7  
0.7  
Earnings per share after tax (nom. DKK 20), DKK  
Market price per share (nom. DKK 20), DKK  
Book value per share (nom. DKK 20), DKK  
Other  
28.5  
140.5  
212.7  
17.4  
152.0  
237.3  
8.0  
140.5  
212.7  
4.5  
160.5  
251.8  
6.2  
168.5  
247.5  
9.8  
156.0  
241.6  
4.5  
152.0  
237.3  
Number of full-time employees, end of period  
195  
352  
195  
199  
195  
218  
352  
4
 
Annual Report 2021  
CEO's letter to shareholders  
thereby lowering our cost/income ratio to below 55% and  
boosting  
It is safe to say that 2021 was an eventful year at  
BankNordik: We successfully improved our core  
banking operations and launched initiatives aiming to  
give sustainability a more prominent role at the Group  
and for our customers. The most important individual  
event of the year was the execution of the divestment of  
our Danish business, a move requiring a great deal of  
work and flexibility from our entire organisation.  
our competitive strength. We also intend to optimise our  
capital structure and have adjusted our capital adequacy  
target for common equity tier 1 (CET 1) from 23% to 20% for  
the period to 2024. Further, we intend to maintain our target  
of a 50% payout ratio supplemented by share buybacks.  
Focusing on providing better online customer  
experiences  
Improving our core banking operations  
The BankNordik Group’s financial results for 2021 were  
satisfactory and in fact better than originally guided for. The  
better-than-expected performance was driven by  
improvements in our core banking operations following the  
divestment of the Danish business and reversals of  
impairment losses. During the summer, we implemented  
income-enhancing and cost-cutting measures, which have  
already produced results and will have additional positive  
effects on our earnings over the coming years. We delivered  
a profit after tax of DKK 272 million, and we expect to  
recommend a dividend of DKK 386 million (DKK 40,2 per  
share) to the shareholders at the annual general meeting on  
25 March, consisting of an extraordinary dividend of DKK  
250 million from the divestment of the Danish business and  
DKK 136 million representing 50% of the net profit for 2021.  
Undoubtedly, we are looking into a future in which the digital  
agenda will become ever more important and our  
customers’ expectations will rise accordingly, so in 2022, we  
will focus on creating even better digital customer  
experiences. Our goal is to give our customers access to  
handling all their banking business digitally, while always  
having the option to receive personal financial advice. In  
order to do that we need efficient processes, so automation  
and making our processes even more efficient will be a high  
priority for us over the coming years.  
Sustainability efforts making a difference  
As part of our efforts to contribute towards a more  
sustainable society, we announced our ESG targets when  
we released our 2020 Annual Report. Since then, we have  
launched various initiatives intended to reduce our negative  
footprint and enhance our positive footprint in society. Last  
autumn, we decided to revise our original targets, defining  
even more ambitious goals for our direct CO2 emissions.  
This means we plan to eliminate all direct emissions from  
the combustion of oil and petrol in our operation by 2025.  
However, where we can make the biggest difference is by  
helping our customers choose sustainable solutions, and to  
do that we have taken new steps to enhance our green  
product offering and advise our customers accordingly.  
BankNordik customers have come through the  
pandemic in good shape  
COVID-19 continued to affect the global community in 2021,  
despite extensive vaccination efforts in our part of the world.  
We are pleased to see that our customers have generally  
managed to weather the challenges posed by the pandemic,  
and we note that it has had a limited impact on our financial  
results. However, a few of the industries in our markets  
remain challenged, and the sense of uncertainty remains.  
Divestment of the Danish business completed as  
planned  
Thank you to our employees for a tremendous effort  
2021 was an eventful year that placed heavy demands on  
our team spirit and everyone’s willingness to embrace  
change. Our skilled and committed employees have all  
made an exceptional effort, and they truly deserve credit and  
recognition for their contribution. We spent months of the  
year finding our feet in what is the new normal, and we are  
now looking to the future and into a year where we will make  
a dedicated effort to become a more sustainable banking  
group, running a profitable business and offering good  
digital customer experiences.  
In February, we executed the disposal of our Danish  
business to Spar Nord in a highly satisfactory deal. The  
decision to sell was based on the strict capital requirements,  
which posed a challenge to BankNordik’s competitive  
strength in the Danish market. Both the sales process and  
the IT migration of the customer base were executed  
according to plan and the transaction was finalised in June.  
In order to ensure that, following the divestment, we will  
remain an efficient organisation, capable of keeping costs at  
a reasonable level, we have successfully reorganised the  
Group.  
Árni Ellefsen  
Chief Executive Officer  
Updated targets for 2024  
As part of our continuous efforts to optimise the business,  
we have raised our 2024 target for ROE after tax from 8%  
to more than 10% p.a. We expect to consistently improve  
our core banking operations over the next couple of years,  
5
 
Annual Report 2021  
Financial Review  
The following figures and comments are generally stated relative to 2020 and relate to the adjusted figures, see section  
“Applied calculation methods and alternative performance measures” on p. 15 for more information on the adjustments  
made.  
Financial figures for Q1 – Q3 in 2021 are corrected as incorrect classification and periodisation of Net interest income and  
Operatings costs are identified. Effects of the corrections are a reduction of Operation costs of DKK 0.2m in each quarter  
for Q1 – Q3 2021, as well as a reduction af Net interest income of DKK 0.7m and DKK 1.6m respectively for Q1 2021 and  
Q3 2021. The net effect on the profit before tax was negative DKK 0.5m in Q1, positive DKK 0.5m in Q2 and negative DKK  
1.4m in Q3 2021.  
Adjusted Income statement, Group  
Index  
102  
119  
86  
Index  
101  
133  
75  
DKKm  
Q4 2021 Q3 2021  
Q2 2021 Q1 2021 Q4 2020  
2021  
260  
79  
2020  
258  
60  
Net interest income  
66  
23  
6
65  
19  
7
66  
20  
14  
9
63  
17  
7
65  
16  
12  
8
Net fee and commission income  
Net insurance income  
34  
45  
Other operating income (less reclassification)  
8
8
96  
9
34  
24  
139  
105  
99  
Operating income  
Operating costs1  
103  
-57  
0
99  
-59  
0
104  
96  
109  
-61  
0
97  
-59  
0
101  
-62  
0
407  
-235  
-1  
387  
-238  
-1  
Sector costs  
158  
115  
Profit before impairment charges  
Impairment charges, net  
Operating profit  
46  
40  
86  
6
40  
13  
53  
2
116  
311  
164  
408  
171  
-168  
179  
48  
27  
75  
4
38  
-3  
38  
10  
48  
0
171  
77  
149  
5
34  
77  
111  
-3  
248  
89  
154  
0
161  
219  
Non-recurring items2  
Profit before investment portfolio earnings and tax  
Investment portfolio earnings3  
Profit before tax, continuing operations  
Profit before tax, discontinued operations  
Profit before tax, total  
Tax  
93  
2
54  
-1  
53  
0
79  
-4  
48  
1
337  
-7  
154  
-2  
95  
0
75  
0
108  
9
49  
1
330  
9
152  
54  
217  
17  
95  
17  
78  
53  
11  
41  
179  
148  
188  
75  
15  
59  
117  
24  
93  
51  
7
340  
67  
206  
40  
164  
167  
164  
Net profit  
43  
272  
166  
Operating cost/income, %  
55  
59  
56  
60  
62  
58  
61  
Number of FTE, end of period  
195  
199  
98  
195  
218  
228  
195  
228  
86  
1 Comprises staff costs, administrative expenses and amortisation, depreciation and impairment charges (less reclassification to non-recurring items).  
2 Reclassified fromOther operating income, Staff costs and administrative expenses and fromAmortisation, depreciation and impairment charges.  
3 Incl. net income frominvestments accounted for under the equity method (excl. sector shares).  
Income statement  
“We’re pleased to note that we managed to deliver strong  
financial results in 2021, which in fact proved better than  
our original guidance. At the same time, we launched  
Operating income  
initiatives intended to give sustainability  
a
more  
Net interest income amounted to DKK 260m in 2021  
compared to DKK 258m in 2020, reflecting the bank’s  
stable interest rate margin. Net fee and commission  
income grew by DKK 19m, or almost one third, year on  
year to DKK 79m in 2021, due to adjustments in the  
Bank’s fee structure as well as higher mortgage and  
investment activity. Net insurance income fell from DKK  
45m in 2020 to DKK 34m in 2021 due to a significant  
increase in claims expenses, mainly driven by significant  
increases in costs relating to the rebuilding of damaged  
properties. Other operating income came in at DKK 34m  
prominent role within the Group and for our customers.  
The better-than-expected performance was driven by  
improvements in our core banking operations and  
reversals of impairment losses. The most important  
individual event of the year was the divestment of our  
Danish business,  
a move that set off a major  
reorganisation and required a great deal of flexibility from  
our organisation,” said BankNordik CEO Árni Ellefsen.  
6
 
Annual Report 2021  
in 2021 compared to DKK 24m in 2020. The Group  
therefore recognised total operating income of DKK  
407m in 2021, a 5% increase on 2020.  
provision taken by management in 2020 for future  
impairments due to COVID-19 was not released in 2021.  
The Group remains confident about its through-the-cycle  
credit policy and its healthy lending portfolio. Strong loan-  
to-value private sector exposure makes up about half of  
the Group’s loans and advances in its continuing  
operations, and on the corporate side, the Group is not  
overexposed to historically risky industries or industries  
still affected by the COVID-19 pandemic. As a result,  
BankNordik expects to be able to keep impairments  
below the industry average going forward.  
Operating costs  
Operating profit  
Operating costs overall fell by DKK 3m in 2021, to DKK  
235m. Cost discipline remains a focus area for the  
Group, and the drive towards operational efficiency and  
automation will continue over the coming years towards  
the Group’s cost/income target of <55% in 2024.  
The Group’s operating profit in 2021 came in at DKK  
248m, DKK 94m more than in 2020.  
Non-recurring items  
The Group’s non-recurring items in 2021 comprised the  
sale proceeds for the Group’s Danish banking business  
less associated expenses. Gross sales proceeds  
amounted to DKK 255, and expenses were mainly made  
up of fees paid to the Bank’s IT platform provider as well  
as compensation related to the organisational  
adjustments made in connection with the sale. Non-  
recurring items in 2021 thus totalled DKK 89m. No non-  
recurring items were recognised in 2020.  
Investment portfolio earnings  
Investment portfolio earnings amounted to a loss of DKK  
7m in 2021 compared to a loss of DKK 2m in 2020,  
mainly due to the Group moving its investment portfolio  
to sovereign bonds and cash equivalents resulting in a  
low yield, but also in a lower capital allocation to cover  
market risks.  
Net impairment charges  
The BankNordik Group’s low-risk approach in granting  
credits again came through in 2021 with net impairment  
charges being a reversal of DKK 77m. The DKK 52m  
7
 
Annual Report 2021  
Profit before tax  
The Group’s continuing operations produced a profit  
before tax for 2021 of DKK 330m, a 117% increase from  
DKK 152m in 2020. The increase was driven by net  
impairments, increased net fee and commission income  
as well as the proceeds from the sale of the Group’s  
Danish business. The Group’s discontinued operations  
contributed DKK 9m in profit before tax in 2021 (1 month  
of operation) compared to DKK 54m in 2020 (12 months  
of operation). As a result, total profit before tax for the  
BankNordik Group was DKK 340m in 2021, an increase  
of DKK 133m compared to 2020.  
Balance sheet  
Deposits  
Lending  
Total deposits amounted to DKK 7,900m at the end of  
2021, an increase of DKK 166m from DKK 7,733m at  
year-end 2020.  
Loans and advances amounted to DKK 7,624m in 2021,  
largely flat compared to DKK 7,608m in 2020. Corporate  
lending volumes increased by DKK 66m, and personal  
lending volumes decreased by DKK 4m. In addition, the  
Group increased its brokered mortgage volumes by DKK  
282m in 2020.  
Solvency and liquidity  
BankNordik held total capital of DKK 2,028m, incl.  
Minimum Requirement for own funds and Eligible  
Liabilities (MREL capital), at 31 December 2021  
compared to 2,581m at 31 December 2020 reflecting the  
planned reduction of capital following the divestment of  
the Danish activities. Subordinated capital was  
refinanced during the year and amounted to DKK 99m at  
31 December 2021 compared to DKK 225m in 2020,  
while hybrid core capital was stable DKK 151m at 31  
December 2021 compared to 31 December 2020. Core  
capital amounted to DKK 1,780m at 31 December 2021,  
which was a decrease of DKK 577m from DKK 2,357m  
at 31 December 2020. CET1 capital amounted to DKK  
1,629m at 31 December 2021, DKK 577m less than the  
CET1 capital of DKK 2,206m at 31 December 2020 due  
to the extraordinary dividend of DKK 450m paid out in  
2021 and planned extraordinary dividend of DKK 250m  
to be paid out in 2022.  
BankNordik places great emphasis on maintaining  
sound credit policy guidelines to ensure that lending  
growth does not come at the expense of financial  
sustainability of the group. Around half of the loan  
portfolio is allocated to personal lending and half is  
allocated to a well-diversified corporate sector, as shown  
in the figure below.  
The Group’s solvency requirement at the end of 2021  
decreased to 9.4% from 10.6% at year-end 2020. The  
8
 
Annual Report 2021  
Other  
Group’s MREL ratio increased to 29.6% at 31 December  
2021 compared to 26.4% a year earlier. The total capital  
ratio increased to 27.5% at the end of 2021 from 26.4%  
at the end of 2020. The core capital ratio increased to  
26.0% at the end of 2021 from 24.1% at the end of 2020,  
while the Group’s CET 1 ratio increased to 23.8% at the  
end of 2021 from 22.6% the previous year. The Group’s  
total capital includes DKK 11.1m worth of subordinated  
debt (0.2 percentage point), which is not eligible to be  
included in the solvency surplus. As such, the solvency  
surplus at the end of 2021 was 18.0 percentage points  
compared to 16.3 percentage points in 2020. Compared  
to the external capital requirements, incl. MREL  
requirements, totalling 20.5% at the end of 2021,  
BankNordik had a solvency surplus of 9.1 percentage  
points.  
Supervisory Diamond  
The Supervisory Diamond is used to measure a bank’s  
risk profile. The model identifies five areas that if not  
within certain limits are considered to be indicators of  
increased risk. As shown in the figure, the Bank meets  
all criteria by a comfortable margin. The sale of the  
Group’s Danish business had a sizable effect on three of  
the indicators. The sum of large exposures and property  
exposure as a percentage of total exposures grew due  
to the divested portfolio consisting mostly of personal  
customers. The Group’s liquidity indicator fell from  
240.0% in 2020 to 194.3% at the end of 2021 due to the  
fact that the divested portfolio contained a fairly large  
deposit surplus. All indicators remain comfortably within  
both the FSA limits and the Group’s own risk tolerance.  
The Group’s liquidity coverage ratio was 191% at year-  
end 2021, well above the requirement of 100%, but  
below the LCR of 231.1% at 31 December 2020 due to  
the sale of the Group’s Danish business.  
The Supervisory Diamond  
2021  
141.7%  
194.3%  
0.2%  
2020 FSA limit  
Sum of large exposures  
Liquidity indicator  
Loan growth  
124.2%  
< 175%  
>100 %  
< 20 %  
< 1.0  
240.0%  
-0.7%  
0.61  
Funding ratio  
0.67  
Property exposure  
11.1%  
8.5%  
< 25 %  
Dividends proposed  
At the upcoming Annual General Meeting, to be held on  
25 March 2022, the Board intends to propose total  
dividend payments of DKK 386m for 2021 (DKK 40,2 per  
share) to the shareholders, consisting of an extraordinary  
dividend of DKK 250 million due to the reduced REA  
resulting from the divestment of the Danish business and  
DKK 136 million representing 50% of the net profit for 2021.  
Financial results for Q4 2021  
More information on the dividend policy is available on  
Net interest income in Q4 2021 was DKK 66m, up DKK  
1m compared to Q3 2021. Net fee and commission  
income was DKK 23m in Q4 compared to DKK 19m in  
Q3, while insurance income was DKK 6m in Q4  
compared to DKK 7m in the previous quarter.  
our website at  
www.banknordik.com/dp  
Debt issuance  
Due to the continuous focus on optimizing the capital  
structure and liquidity, BankNordik plans issuing of  
senior non-preferred (T3) and/or senior preferred loan  
capital in 2022.  
Operating costs amounted to DKK 57m in Q4 compared  
to DKK 59m in Q3. Impairment charges were a reversal  
of DKK 40m in Q4 vs. DKK 13m in Q3. As a result, profit  
before tax for continuing operations amounted to DKK  
95m in Q4 2021 compared to a profit of DKK 53m in Q3  
2021. Ownership of the Group’s discontinued operations  
was finally transferred in Q1 2021 and as such have not  
had an impact on results in Q2-Q4.  
Rating  
BankNordik has requested Moody’s to provide a deposit  
and issuer rating of the Bank going forward. Initial ratings  
are expected to be received during 1Q 2022.  
Outlook  
BankNordik expects to continue growing its overall  
lending and mortgage volumes in 2022 – to both  
personal and corporate customers.  
9
 
Annual Report 2021  
In the personal banking segment, the Group will continue  
to build on the progress of previous years by establishing  
stronger relationships and enhancing the user  
experience to attract new customers, for example by  
migrating the online and mobile banking systems to a  
new platform with enhanced funcionality. BankNordik  
expects the trend of Faroese household preferences  
shifting towards the traditional Danish financing model of  
80% mortgage funding and the residual in 2nd lien bank  
lending to continue, and as such the mortgage credit  
business is expected to outgrow the direct lending  
business to personal customers. In Greenland,  
BankNordik expects to grow the lending to existing  
customers as well as attracting new customers, thereby  
growing the market share.  
levels from one year to the next, BankNordik expects  
higher net insurance income in 2022 than in 2021.  
The Group’s operating costs fell slightly in 2021, as the  
Group adjusted its organisation following the finalisation  
of the sale of the Danish business, resulting in a  
cost/income ratio of 58% (2020: 61%). The Group  
expects operating costs in 2022 to fall further, as the  
organisational adjustments take effect over the full year.  
The Group’s impairment levels are expected to remain  
low in 2022.  
The BankNordik Group is now focused solely on serving  
the Faroese and Greenlandic markets. It remains the  
largest player in the Faroe Islands and a strong  
challenger in Greenland. The Group expects to deliver a  
strong financial performance and higher returns for the  
longer term with focus on business units in markets  
where the Bank remains competitive. Focus will remain  
on increasing efficiency and reducing operating costs  
while consistently offering market-leading service and  
strong asset quality.  
On the corporate side, the Group sees an opportunity to  
increase volumes in 2022 due to continued investment  
activity in both the Faroe Islands and Greenland. To help  
manage its capital position as MREL requirements are  
being phased in, BankNordik has made good use of  
European and Danish government guarantee  
programmes to reduce the risk weighting of part of the  
corporate exposure in 2021, and the Group expects to  
continue utilising available programmes in 2022 whilst  
issuing additional MREL instruments.  
In 2022, BankNordik expects to achieve net profit in the  
range of DKK 130-160m (2021: DKK 272m).  
Fee and commission income is expected to increase  
slightly in 2022, as changes to the Bank’s fee structure  
made in 2021 have an effect across the full year.  
This outlook is subject to uncertainty, including  
impairments on loans and advances, market value  
adjustments, and macroeconomic developments in the  
markets in which the Group operates.  
Insurance premiums are expected to continue to grow  
both due to customer acquisition and general price  
increases. Although it is difficult to predict the level of net  
insurance income due to significant variations in claims  
10  
 
Annual Report 2021  
f Directors’ Review  
11  
 
Annual Report 2021  
Board of Directors’ Review  
We are proud to deliver an annual report for 2021 showing positive developments in all markets and a strong  
potential for continuing the trend.  
We can look back on a satisfactory and eventful year in which we both delivered strong financial results and refocused the  
Group for a new, leaner organisation having divested the Danish business. We are pleased to note that our customers  
have only been affected by the global pandemic to a very limited extent, which also means that it has not impacted our  
financial results to any significant degree. The main driving forces underlying our positive performance for the year were  
our stronger core earnings as well as as reversed impairments. Over the coming years, we plan to intensify our focus on  
creating improved customer experiences, ensure efficient operations and continue the ongoing evolution of a competitive  
banking group contributing to a sustainable society.  
Delivering exceptional customer experiences in a  
digital world  
and corporate identity. Throughout our history, we have  
helped businesspeople and personal customers achieve  
their ambitions and made every effort to make a positive  
difference for our customers, employees and local  
communities.  
Digitalisation and efficiency enhancements have formed  
an integral part of our targeted efforts to improve  
customer satisfaction as well as our top line over the past  
several years. Maintaining our focus on these  
operational aspects remains crucial for running a  
competitive and financially viable business. Accordingly,  
we remain committed to strengthening the relationship  
between improved customer experiences and  
digitalisation, and it is in combining the two that we find  
the key to our future success.  
Being a strong financial player, we cannot rank our  
business or success on our financial performance alone,  
and we are very aware that we have a responsibility to  
contribute to the transition to a sustainable society and a  
sustainable economy. At BankNordik, we have a unique  
opportunity to make  
a difference by helping our  
customers choose sustainable solutions that will  
contribute to reducing emissions.  
We are now looking to a future in which our attention will  
be directed even more at creating sound digital customer  
experiences. Banking with us should be straightforward,  
and we need to offer our customers a cohesive, easily  
accessible digital customer experience. In order to do  
that, we will be simplifying our internal processes and  
task management, and through the use of robotic  
technology, we will automate more and more  
administrative tasks, which will improve our profitability  
and lead to speedier case processing, all contributing to  
the good customer experience.  
Solutions supporting the green transition  
We already offer a range of green solutions that make it  
financially attractive for our customers to make green  
choices. For example, in 2021, we introduced a green  
housing loan offering an attractive mortgage rate to  
customers heating their homes with sustainable energy.  
This is part of our contribution to supporting the transition  
to a more sustainable society, and we are working  
continuously to develop our product offering and  
advisory services to meet customer demand.  
The latest addition in this context is the launch of our new  
online banking service, which is our customers’ most  
important tool in their day-to-day banking needs and  
therefore a top priority project for us. Our new online  
banking service is built on a state-of-the-art, future-proof  
platform that offers our customers a contemporary  
design with new functionality to give all customers an  
improved overview and better ways to manage their  
personal finances. In addition, the new platform allows  
for a wide range of new features going forward, and it will  
be a core element in our ongoing optimisation of the  
digital customer experience.  
During the year, we made an extra effort to inform our  
customers through various channels about the  
environmental and financial benefits of choosing  
sustainable solutions. We hosted in-person events and  
held webinars on building a new home, energy-  
upgrading and green sources of energy for the home; in  
addition, sustainable investment was a key topic on our  
own podcast channel. We will continue our efforts to  
build customer awareness of the topic and of our  
products offering sustainable solutions. For example, we  
plan to train our employees to strengthen their skills in  
advising our customers on sustainable investing,  
financing, etc.  
Our role in helping to build a sustainable society  
Applying our skills and experience to contribute to  
creating progress and growth in the societies where we  
run our business is at the heart of our business culture  
12  
 
Annual Report 2021  
Efforts to minimise our environmental footprint  
Going forward, we will broaden our focus on contributing  
to reducing CO2 emissions through our products and  
financing activities in order to minimise the negative  
environmental footprint of our business. We know that  
sustainable investments can help reduce CO₂  
emissions, so this is one area where we must give  
sustainability a more prominent role. To that end, we  
have begun calculating the emissions of our investment  
activities and have drawn up an action plan to reduce  
emissions originating from investment products. This is  
consistent with the recommendations of the Forum for  
Sustainable Finance outlining how the financial sector  
can contribute to accelerating the transition to a  
sustainable society. Next year, we expect to draw up a  
similar action plan for CO2 emissions relating to our  
lending operations.  
We have begun to measure and disclose the gender pay  
gap ratio and while we have an equal pay for equal work  
policy, the numbers reveal a gap that it will take  
considerable efforts to eliminate. In that connection, we  
have identified some focus areas with a view to  
improving our utilisation of the qualifications and skills  
available while also supporting gender equality. For  
example, we now encourage parents to share equally the  
transferable weeks of parental leave. At the same time,  
we offer employees with small children more flexibility  
when planning their working hours.  
Optimising our capital structure  
In our continuous efforts to optimise the business, we  
have raised our 2024 target for ROE after tax from 8% to  
more than 10% p.a. We also expect improvements in our  
core banking operations over the coming years that will  
see our cost/income ratio fall below 55% in 2024, and in  
our insurance business, we have lowered our combined  
ratio target from 90% to 85%. We have optimised our  
capital structure and adjusted our capital adequacy  
target for common equity tier 1 (CET 1) from 23% to 20%  
for the period to 2024. The target adjustments are based  
on the current interest rate environment and impairment  
charges at a normalised level. We will maintain our target  
of a 50% payout ratio supplemented by share buybacks.  
In-house, we are committed to securing positive  
progress on the environmental, social and governance  
targets we first announced at the release of last year’s  
annual report. During the autumn months, we reviewed  
our ESG targets, making them more ambitious, and our  
goal is now for the Group to eliminate all direct emissions  
from the combustion of oil and petrol by 2025. As a step  
in that direction, we have begun to phase out all petrol  
and diesel cars, and we expect to have completed this  
process by the end of 2022. We have also begun to  
convert from fossil fuels to sustainable sources of energy  
in all our buildings.  
As part of this process, we expect to pay dividends of  
DKK 386 million in 2022, consisting of an extraordinary  
dividend of DKK 250 million due to the reduced REA  
resulting from the divestment of the Danish business and  
DKK 136 million representing 50% of the net profit for  
2021.  
Increasing the focus on gender equality at the  
BankNordik Group  
Being a banking group, we are part of an industry where  
gender equality in management has historically been a  
major challenge, given the generally small number of  
women in management positions throughout the sector.  
We believe we can create a better business and  
generate stronger results by working to enhance  
diversity. Accordingly, we emphasise that all employees,  
regardless of gender, have equal opportunities to  
develop and take on management positions in the  
Group. Our goal is for neither gender to be  
overrepresented by more than 60%, whether in  
management positions or in our branches and  
departments.  
We look back on an eventful year in which we delivered  
strong financial results as well as an extraordinary  
dividend payout to our shareholders. We wish to thank  
every one of our employees for their huge efforts,  
exemplary dedication and commitment in a demanding  
transitionary period, while also thanking our customers  
and shareholders for their support. We stand well  
prepared to embark on a new year, in which we will  
remain focused on running a profitable, competitive and  
sustainable business that will continue to create value for  
our customers, employees, local communities and our  
shareholders.  
As part of these efforts, we launched a number of  
initiatives during the past year to ensure that all  
employees are offered the necessary opportunities to  
develop and take on new, challenging responsibilities.  
13  
 
Annual Report 2021  
Our external environment  
The macroeconomic environment has a significant impact  
on any financial institution. For a traditional retail and  
commercial bank such as BankNordik, the economic cycle,  
affects the customers’ credit quality and ability to repay as  
well as the value of the collateral the Bank holds.  
characterise both countries. Both countries are considered  
exotic destinations for many tourists, and the economic  
opportunity for this sector is significant. BankNordik tracks a  
number of economic indicators for both economies, and  
trends are often similar. For example, both countries have  
seen sharp rises in export values over the last decade or so,  
and this has helped drive enviably high economic growth  
rates. There has been a slight divergence since the onset of  
the COVID-19 pandemic, however, in that Faroese exports  
have largely recovered whilst exports from Greenland  
remain 15% below their peak.  
The Faroe Islands and Greenland are not immune to  
economic developments on the global stage. Underlying  
growth has rebounded well, with world GDP rising above  
2019-levels in 2021 after a steep decline in 2020. Growth  
will naturally start to taper in the coming years, but the  
expectation is 4.5% rate of real economic growth in 2022 for  
the global economy. Among Western economies, it is worth  
noting that the economic decline in terms of GDP has been  
less severe in the United States than in Europe, but  
European employment has been better protected than in the  
U.S. Many economies are still grappling with the effects of  
COVID-19, but due to the ever-increasing vaccination rates  
and potentially lower severity of new variants, economic  
activity is not expected to be as affected in the coming year  
as it was in 2020 and 2021.  
In general, however, economic movements in Greenland  
are more moderate than those seen in the Faroe Islands,  
part of the reason being the decreasing reliance on the  
Danish block grant in the Faroe Islands compared with  
Greenland. The block grant now corresponds to less than  
3% of Faroese GDP whilst accounting for almost 25% in  
Greenland. The size of the block grant has a stabilising  
effect on the Greenlandic economy, mitigating the effects of  
both economic upturnes and declines. This particular  
characteristic was illustrated in 2020 and 2021 when real  
economic growth in Greenland came in at 0.9% and an  
estimated 1.8%, respectively, compared to an inflation-  
adjusted economic decline of 2.0% in 2020 followed by a  
growth rate of 6.7% in 2021 in the Faroe Islands. For the  
Faroese economy, the hope is that an increased  
diversification between fisheries, aquaculture, tourism and  
even IT will help stabilise future economic developments.  
The picture of the overarching risks facing BankNordik and  
the economies in which it operates has shifted somewhat in  
recent years. Notwithstanding the current wave of COVID-  
19 infections affecting both the Faroe Islands and  
Greenland, the pandemic’s economic effects have not had  
much impact on overall activity apart from a still-stifled  
tourism industry, and its effects are expected to fade further  
in 2022. The risk focus has instead turned to the  
unexpectedly high and persistent inflation levels seen in the  
past few months, in part caused by COVID-19-related  
changes in demand and supply chain constraints. The  
resulting potential for rising interest rates has also been a  
big topic in financial markets. Whilst rate rises in the United  
States have the potential to ‘spill over’ into the Eurozone,  
rate hikes are likely to come at a more moderate pace and  
level in Europe than in America. Rising interest rates are  
seen as both a risk factor and a potential benefit for the  
financial industry. Inflation means that people’s purchasing  
power will decrease, house prices will face downward  
pressure, and rate rises mean that borrowers with variable  
interest rate loans will take a financial hit, potentially  
threatening their ability to repay their debt. On the other  
hand, higher interest rates mean that banks will, other things  
being equal, earn more on their lending.  
The level of economic self-reliance is one of a number of  
differences between the Faroe Islands and Greenland. In  
last year’s report, we noted the relative difficulty in building  
Greenland’s infrastructure, which means that it lags  
developed economies on parameters such as internet  
speed, ease of travel as well as economic divergence  
between central areas and provincial towns. There are a few  
of the structural issues affecting Greenland, which one might  
argue are reflected in the labour market participation rate,  
which whilst world-leading in the Faroe Islands is slightly  
below the Nordic average in Greenland, where it along with  
educational attainment continues to be a focus area for the  
government.  
Looking ahead, BankNordik is optimistic about its future in  
the two markets. The economies and the Bank’s customers  
are healthy, and lending demand is stable. Our strategic  
focus is solely on serving the North Atlantic market  
competitively and sustainably, as we aim to retain our  
leading position in the Faroese market and to grow  
organically in Greenland.  
Shifting the perspective to the two North Atlantic economies  
on which BankNordik is now fully focused, we noted a  
number of similarities between the two countries in last  
year’s annual report. Strong economic growth, fisheries  
exports accounting for a large share of GDP, small  
populations, and close political ties with Denmark  
14  
 
Annual Report 2021  
Applied calculation methods and alternative  
performance measures  
Adjustments made to income and costs between the 2021 quarterly reports  
Financial figures for Q1 – Q3 in 2021 are corrected as incorrect classification and periodisation of Net interest income and  
Operatings costs are identified. Effects of the corrections are a reduction of Operation costs of DKK 0.2m in each quarter  
for Q1 – Q3 2021, as well as a reduction af Net interest income of DKK 0.7m and DKK 1.6m respectively for Q1 2021 and  
Q3 2021. The net effect on the profit before tax was negative DKK 0.5m in Q1, positive DKK 0.5m in Q2 and negative DKK  
1.4m in Q3 2021.  
Alternative performance measures  
The Bank applies a number of alternative performance measures. These measures are applied where they provide greater  
informational value about, e.g. the Bank’s earnings, or as a common denominator for multiple items. The Bank is aware of  
the need for applying calculations consistently and with comparative figures. The alternative performance measures  
applied are defined below:  
Operating income  
Sum of Net interest income (less interest income from the Groups bond portfolio), Net fee income, Net insurance income  
and Other operating income.  
Profit before impairment charges  
Profit before Investment portfolio earnings, Impairment charges and Non-recurring costs.  
Operating profit  
Profit before non-recurring costs and before Investment portfolio earnings.  
Other operating income  
Other operating income, Dividends related to sector shares, Value adjustments related to sector shares, and Profit or loss  
from currency transactions.  
Operating costs  
Sum of Staff costs and administrative expenses, Other operating expenses apart from contributions to the Resolution Fund  
etc. and Amortisation, depreciation and impairment charges on intangible assets and property, plant and equipment.  
Sector costs  
Contributions to the Resolution Fund etc., which is a subset of the item Other operating expenses.  
Impairments  
Sum of Impairment charges on loans and reversed impairment charges on loans taken over.  
Non-recurring items  
Non-recurring staff costs, administrative expenses and extraordinary impairment charges on tangible assets.  
Investment portfolio earnings  
Interest income from the bond portfolio, value adjustments less value adjustments of sector shares and less of profit or  
loss from currency transactions. Dividends less dividends related to sector shares, Income from holdings in associates.  
Discontinued operations  
The profit before tax is calculated after incl. allocated income and costs to the Danish segment.  
15  
 
Annual Report 2021  
Adjusted results  
Income  
statement  
Restated income  
statement  
Note  
Restatement  
-7,533  
-3,429  
0
Adjusted Income statement 2021, Group, DKK 1,000  
1, 8 Net interest income  
2 Net fee and commission income  
Net insurance income  
267,295  
82,789  
33,895  
11,009  
394,988  
243,078  
259,762  
79,360  
33,895  
34,130  
407,147  
234,937  
2, 6 Other operating income  
Operating income  
23,121  
12,159  
-8,141  
3, 7 Operating costs  
Sector costs  
975  
150,935  
-76,561  
227,496  
0
20,300  
0
975  
171,235  
-76,561  
247,796  
Profit before impairment charges  
4 Impairment charges  
Operating profit  
20,300  
Non-recurring items  
3, 4, 5  
0
227,496  
5,507  
88,923  
109,223  
-12,159  
97,064  
-97,064  
0
88,923  
336,718  
-6,652  
Profit before investment portfolio earnings and tax  
1, 6, 9 Investment portfolio earnings  
Profit before tax, continiuing operations  
5, 7, 8, 9 Profit before tax, discontinued operations  
Profit before tax, total  
233,003  
106,560  
339,562  
330,066  
9,496  
339,562  
Note  
Adjusted Income statement 2020, Group, DKK 1,000  
1, 8 Net interest income  
278,220  
63,164  
-20,665  
-3,272  
257,555  
59,892  
2 Net fee and commission income  
Net insurance income  
2, 6 Other operating income  
Operating income  
45,152  
7,086  
0
17,412  
-6,525  
45,152  
24,498  
393,622  
387,097  
3, 7 Operating costs  
Sector costs  
251,928  
659  
-14,327  
237,601  
659  
0
7,802  
0
Profit before impairment charges  
4 Impairment charges  
Operating profit  
141,035  
-4,962  
145,997  
0
148,838  
-4,962  
153,799  
0
7,802  
0
Non-recurring items  
3, 4, 5  
Profit before investment portfolio earnings and tax  
145,997  
-16,631  
129,366  
77,075  
7,802  
14,860  
22,662  
-22,662  
0
153,799  
-1,771  
1, 6, 9 Investment portfolio earnings  
Profit before tax, continiuing operations  
5, 7, 8, 9 Profit before tax, discontinued operations  
Profit before tax, total  
152,028  
54,413  
206,441  
206,441  
Note  
2021  
2020  
Restatements made to the income statement, DKK 1,000  
1 Reclassification of interest income from bonds from the item Interest income to Investment  
portfolio earnings.  
7,533  
25,517  
2 Dividends reclassified from Net fee and commission income to Other operating income.  
3,429  
3,272  
3 Reclassification of IT-costs, severance costs and other costs from Operating costs to Non-  
recurring items.  
8,141  
0
0
4 Reclassification of impairment charges to Non-recurring items.  
0
0
5 Reclassification of provenue regarding the sale of the Danish activities Non-recurring items.  
97,064  
19,692  
6 Reclassification of value adjustments related to sector shares and of profit or loss from currency  
transactions to Other operating income.  
14,140  
7 Operating costs allocated to the Greenland segment  
8 Interests allocated to the Danish segment  
0
0
0
14,327  
4,852  
3,483  
9 Value adjustments allocated to the Danish segment  
16  
 
Annual Report 2021  
Management and directorships  
Board of Directors  
Jóhanna Lava Køtlum  
(Chairman)  
Elected by the General  
Meeting  
Date of birth  
Gender  
Nationality  
First time elected to the Board:  
Term expires:  
Independent  
21 July, 1968  
Female  
Faroese  
2021  
2022  
Educational background:  
Master of Technical Scientific Environmental Assessment, Universityof Aalborg, Denmark. Cand. Scient in Biology, Universityof Aarhus,  
Denmark.  
Competencies:  
Working experiences and in-depth knowledge of management and strategyprocesses within the public as well as the private sector.  
Several years of working experience with administration and regulation of aquaculture, as well as administrative declarations, licences  
and binominal negotiations within the fishing industry. Experiences with Nordic and European collaborations regarding environmental  
and fisheryrelated issued – for example as representative of MiFi (Nordic Environment and Fisherycollaboration) and the Nordic BAT  
(Best Available Techniques) working-group.  
Principal occupation: Manager of the Aquaculture Research Station of the Faroe Islands.  
Directorships and other offices: None  
Jógvan Jespersen (vice  
chairman)  
Elected by the General  
Meeting  
Date of birth  
Gender  
Nationality  
First time elected to the Board:  
Most recentlyre-elected:  
Term expires:  
4 December, 1955  
Male  
Faroese  
1994-2006, and again in 2015  
2021  
2022  
Independent  
Educational background:  
Competencies:  
Principal occupation:  
HD - Finance and accounting from School of Business and Social Sciences, Aarhus University.  
Broad and extensive knowledge of the Faroese economyas well as in-depth knowledge of the operation of Faroese companies.  
Managing Director of Faroese Pelagic organization.  
Directorships and other offices: Forskerparken P/F iNOVA(Chairman). Faroe Shipowners Association, SecurityFund for fisheries (Board member).  
Ben Arabo  
Elected by the General  
Meeting  
Date of birth  
Gender  
Nationality  
First time elected to the Board:  
Most recentlyre-elected:  
Term expires:  
1 September, 1973  
Male  
Faroese  
2020  
2021  
2022  
Independent  
Educational background:  
Competencies:  
Cand.merc (Foreign Trade) from Aarhus Business Shool; Ha(Int) English/German from Aarhus Business School.  
In-dept knowledge of the Faroese business environment and the financial sector. International working experience as well as manager  
and board member of financial as well as listed companies in Greenland and the Faroe Islands.  
CEO at the Faroese investment-fund Framtak  
Principal occupation:  
Directorships and other offices: Grønlandsbanken (Former Board member), P/F Atlantic Petroleum (Chairman), P/F Vest Pack (Chairman)  
Michael Ahm  
Elected by the General  
Meeting  
Date of birth  
Gender  
Nationality  
First time elected to the Board:  
Term expires:  
Independent  
29 May1962  
Male  
Danish  
2021  
2022  
Educational background:  
ATV. Applied AL Academy. Board Academy, Universityof Copenhagen and Plesner Law firm. INSEAD, France, Strategic management  
in banking. INSEAD, France, Advanced management programme. Master in Economics, Universityof Copenhagen.  
Several years of operational and strategic working experience from the Danish financial sector primarilyfrom Danske Bank where he  
headed different departments within risk, credit, corporate finance, business development markets and finance.  
Independant advisor within the Nordic financial sector. Assistant professor at Copenhagen Business School.  
Competencies:  
Principal occupation:  
Directorships and other offices: Coop Bank A/S (Board Member), BigeFinancials A/S (former Chairman), Danske Andelskassers Bank A/S (Former Vice Chairman)  
Sverre Bjerkeli  
Elected by the General  
Meeting  
Date of birth  
Gender  
Nationality  
First time elected to the Board:  
Term expires:  
Independent  
4 September 1959  
Male  
Norwegian  
2021  
2022  
Educational background:  
Competencies:  
Financials for Executives Programme, INSEAD. MSc Business and Marketing, Handelsakademiet (BI), Norway.  
Several years of experience and in-depth knowledge of companymanagement and development of performance cultures within  
numerous sectors, including the insurance and banking sector. Knowledge and experience within IT software development from  
developing insurance and banking software with an international scope. Substantial competences regarding capital allocation and  
strategyprocesses within small, medium, and large companies.  
Principal occupation:  
Self-employed  
Directorships and other offices: Founder and former CEO of Protector Forsikring ASA. Former director at the non-life insurance companyStorebrand/If Forsikring.  
Former CEO at Storebrand Bank. Founder and former CEO of the IT companyTorinno. Insurance segment of the Norwegian finance  
17  
 
Annual Report 2021  
Alexandur Johansen  
Elected by the employees  
Date of birth  
7 June, 1979  
Male  
Gender  
Nationality  
Faroese  
First time elected to the Board: 2018  
Term expires:  
2022  
Educational background:  
Competencies:  
Financial education and subsequent continuing education within financial and insurance aspects.  
In-depth understanding of insurance aspects. All-round advisory services.  
P/F Trygd - Commercial Insurance - leader of corporate department.  
Principal occupation:  
Directorships and other offices: None  
Kenneth Samuelsen  
Elected by the employees  
Date of birth  
Gender  
July 21, 1966  
Male  
Nationality  
Faroese  
First time elected to the Board: 2010  
Most recently re-elected:  
Term expires:  
2018  
2022  
Educational background:  
Competencies:  
Financial education  
Broad knowledge of sector and labour market relationships. Customer and employer satisfaction. Experience within and  
knowledge of IT.  
Principal occupation:  
BankNordik - IT & Analyses department - unit Faroe Islands.  
Directorships and other offices: None  
Rúna Hentze  
Elected by the employees  
Date of birth  
Gender  
Nationality  
17 February 1966  
Female  
Faroese  
First time elected to the Board: 2010  
Most recently re-elected:  
Term expires:  
2021  
2022  
Educational background:  
Competencies:  
Financial education supplemented with different banking related courses.  
Broad knowledge and experience within different aspects of Banking services. Experience within trade union work within the  
financial sector.  
Principal occupation:  
BankNordik - Back Office - unit Faroe Islands  
Directorships and other offices: None  
Executive Management  
Árni Ellefsen (CEO)  
Date of birth  
6 January, 1966  
Gender  
Male  
Nationality  
Year of joining the Executive  
Management:  
Faroese  
2015  
Educational background:  
MSc in Business Management and Accounting  
State Authorized Public Accountant  
Principal occupation:  
Board positions held that are  
relevant to banking and  
insurance:  
CEO at P/F BankNordik  
Faroese Associaion of Employers in the Financial Sector, Faroese Employer Association, BI Holding A/S, P/F Trygd  
(Chairman), P/F NordikLív (Chairman), P/F Skyn (Chairman) and the Faroese Banking Association (Chairman)  
18  
 
Annual Report 2021  
Segments  
19  
 
Annual Report 2021  
Banking  
Adjusted Income statement, Banking  
Index  
103  
118  
95  
Index  
101  
Q4 2021 Q3 2021  
Q2 2021 Q1 2021 Q4 2020 Q3 2020  
2021  
260  
92  
2020  
258  
71  
DKKm  
Net interest income  
Net fee and commission income  
Other operating income  
66  
26  
7
64  
22  
7
66  
24  
7
63  
20  
7
65  
19  
7
65  
18  
5
128  
28  
20  
138  
Operating income  
99  
-51  
0
94  
-53  
0
106  
96  
-56  
0
91  
-54  
0
91  
-58  
0
87  
-52  
0
380  
-214  
-1  
349  
-218  
-1  
109  
98  
Operating cost  
95  
Sector costs  
158  
126  
Profit before impairment charges  
Impairment charges, net  
48  
40  
122  
311  
169  
408  
176  
-216  
182  
40  
37  
33  
35  
165  
77  
130  
5
40  
13  
27  
-3  
10  
-2  
Operating profit  
89  
53  
67  
34  
43  
32  
241  
89  
135  
0
178  
244  
Non-recurring items  
6
2
4
77  
0
0
Profit before investment portfolio earnings and tax  
Investment portfolio earnings  
Profit before tax, continuing operations  
Profit before tax, discontinued operations  
Profit before tax, total  
95  
54  
71  
110  
-2  
43  
32  
330  
-5  
135  
0
2
-1  
-4  
2
4
97  
53  
67  
108  
9
44  
36  
325  
9
135  
54  
0
0
0
1
35  
17  
176  
100  
102  
112  
97  
53  
182  
100  
106  
102  
67  
117  
7,450  
7,536  
2,443  
59  
46  
71  
334  
7,624  
7,914  
2,657  
56  
189  
7,608  
7,756  
2,375  
62  
Loans and advances  
7,624  
7,914  
2,657  
51  
7,594  
7,435  
2,609  
56  
7,586  
7,660  
2,502  
59  
7,608  
7,756  
2,375  
63  
7,501  
7,531  
2,284  
60  
Deposits and other debt  
Mortgage credit  
Operating cost/income, %  
Number of FTE, end of period  
164  
167  
98  
166  
186  
196  
199  
164  
196  
84  
The Bank’s net interest income was up DKK 2m in 2021  
compared to 2020, which is positive given the ever-  
present margin pressure the Bank faces along with a  
continuos change from traditional bank house loans  
towards mortgage lending. Net fee and commission  
income rose significantly from DKK 71m in 2020 to DKK  
92 in 2021 due to fee adjustments and increased  
mortgage credit and investment volumes. Other  
operating income rose by DKK 8m relative to 2020 to  
DKK 28m. As a result, the Bank’s non-interest income  
increased by DKK 28m year on year in 2021, and  
operating income as a whole rose by DKK 30m.  
Operating costs fell by DKK 5m in 2021 compared to  
2020, mainly due to the organisational adjustments  
following the sale of the Group’s Danish business. As a  
result, profit before impairment charges rose by DKK  
34m compared to 2020 to DKK 165m in 2021.  
provision. The resulting operating profit for the banking  
segment in 2021 was DKK 241m, 106m more than in  
2020.  
The net proceeds from the Group’s sale of its Danish  
business were recognised in 2021, driving the Bank’s  
non-recurring items to DKK 89m. No non-recurring items  
were recognised in 2020. As a result, the Bank’s profit  
before tax on continuing operations was DKK 330m in  
2021 compared to DKK 135m in 2020. Profit before tax  
from discontinued operations came in at DKK 9m in 2021  
compared to DKK 54m in 2020, as the sale of the  
Group’s Danish business was finalised on 1 February  
2021. The Bank’s total profit before tax in 2021 was DKK  
334m, compared to DKK 189m in 2020.  
Loans and advances to customers were fairly flat, rising  
DKK 16m in 2021 to DKK 7,624m, and the portfolio of  
the Bank’s brokered mortgage credit rose by DKK 282m  
to DKK 2,657m. Customer deposits rose by DKK 158m  
to DKK 7,914m.  
BankNordik maintains its through-the-cycle credit policy,  
and due to the good financial health of its customers, the  
Bank saw a net reversal of impairments of DKK 77m  
while maintaining provisions of DKK 52m for future  
losses. In 2020, the Bank reversed DKK 5m of previously  
impaired loans while making the above-mentioned  
20  
 
Annual Report 2021  
Personal Banking  
Adjusted Income statement, Personal banking  
Index  
103  
127  
94  
Index  
103  
119  
122  
109  
99  
Q4 2021 Q3 2021  
Q2 2021 Q1 2021 Q4 2020 Q3 2020  
2021  
131  
65  
2020  
127  
54  
DKKm  
Net interest income  
34  
19  
33  
15  
5
33  
16  
5
32  
14  
32  
14  
5
32  
14  
4
Net fee and commission income  
Other operating income  
Operating income  
5
5
20  
16  
58  
54  
-44  
0
109  
89  
53  
-45  
0
51  
51  
-46  
0
49  
-42  
0
216  
-172  
-1  
198  
-174  
0
Operating costs  
-39  
0
-43  
0
Sector costs  
Profit before impairment charges  
Impairment charges, net  
Operating profit  
19  
9
211  
8
8
5
7
43  
24  
182  
582  
326  
5
3
0
14  
5
-4  
22  
-4 -  
24  
12  
2
207  
-235  
154  
8
22  
10  
0
3
65  
20  
0
Non-recurring items  
-4  
4
77  
0
79  
Profit before investment portfolio earnings and tax  
Investment portfolio earnings  
Profit before tax, continuing operations  
Profit before tax, discontinued operations  
Profit before tax, total  
Loans and advances  
21  
13  
-1  
12  
-3  
98  
10  
1
3
144  
-3  
20  
719  
2
-305  
178  
-2  
3
0
23  
13  
0
9
97  
11  
1
6
141  
9
21  
687  
17  
0
0
9
35  
40  
3,581  
5,144  
2,003  
85  
79  
54  
23  
13  
3,603  
5,125  
2,252  
82  
73  
178  
99  
9
106  
3,559  
5,205  
2,152  
85  
12  
3,587  
5,140  
2,074  
90  
80  
150  
3,583  
5,105  
2,292  
80  
75  
200  
100  
99  
3,583  
5,105  
2,292  
68  
3,584  
5,269  
2,205  
85  
72  
3,587  
5,140  
2,074  
88  
Deposits and other debt  
Mortgage credit  
100  
102  
110  
Operating cost/income, %  
Number of FTE, end of period  
71  
97  
77  
71  
80  
88  
BankNordik’s operating income from personal banking  
customers increased by 9% in 2021, driven by stable  
lending volumes and increased net fee and commission  
income. Both net interest income and non-interest  
income grew year on year. Net interest income was up  
by DKK 4m to DKK 131m in 2021, and net fee and  
commission income grew by DKK 11m year on year to  
DKK 65m. Other operating income rose to 20m in 2021  
from DKK 16m in 2020, resulting in operating income as  
a whole increasing from DKK 198m in 2020 to DKK 216m  
in 2021.  
2021, whereas no non-recurring items were posted in  
2020. Investment portfolio losses were DKK 3m  
compared to DKK 0m in 2020. Profit before tax for  
continuing operations were thus DKK 141m in 2021  
compared to DKK 21m in 2020. Profit before tax from  
discontinued operations fell from DKK 54m in 2020 to  
DKK 9m in 2021. This resulted in total profit before tax  
for the personal banking segment increasing from DKK  
75m in 2020 to DKK 150m in 2021.  
DKK direct lending to personal customers was largely flat  
at DKK 3,583m at year-end 2021 compared to DKK  
3,587m in 2020. Brokered mortgage credit again saw  
healthy growth, up by DKK 218m to DKK 2,292m at year-  
end 2021.  
Operating costs fell to DKK 172m in 2021 from DKK  
174m in 2020. As a result, profit before impairment  
charges was up by DKK 19m year on year in 2021 to  
DKK 43m. Impairment charges were a net reversal of  
DKK 22m in 2021 compared to a charge of DKK 4m in  
2020. Non-recurring items amounted to DKK 79m in  
21  
 
Annual Report 2021  
Corporate Banking  
Adjusted Income statement, Corporate Banking  
Index  
103  
97  
Index  
99  
Q4 2021 Q3 2021  
Q2 2021 Q1 2021 Q4 2020 Q3 2020  
2021  
128  
27  
2020  
130  
17  
DKKm  
Net interest income  
32  
7
31  
7
33  
8
32  
6
33  
5
33  
4
Net fee and commission income  
Other operating income  
Operating income  
158  
210  
108  
94  
2
2
116  
103  
123  
2
2
2
1
9
4
41  
40  
-9  
43  
40  
40  
-12  
0
38  
-10  
0
164  
-42  
0
151  
-44  
0
Operating costs  
-11  
0
-11  
0
-11  
0
Sector costs  
0
Profit before impairment charges  
Impairment charges, net  
Operating profit  
30  
31  
10  
41  
0
97  
343  
158  
32  
29  
28  
5
28  
2
122  
54  
107  
9
114  
622  
153  
35  
27  
-17  
12  
65  
59  
33  
0
30  
0
176  
0
115  
0
Non-recurring items  
0
0
0
Profit before investment portfolio earnings and tax  
Investment portfolio earnings  
Profit before tax  
65  
41  
0
158  
59  
12  
33  
0
30  
1
176  
-1  
115  
-1  
153  
1
-1  
-1  
66  
41  
3,960  
2,300  
357  
23  
14  
162  
102  
122  
102  
58  
11  
33  
3,974  
2,607  
301  
30  
16  
31  
3,847  
2,347  
281  
27  
17  
175  
4,041  
2,808  
365  
25  
115  
3,974  
2,607  
301  
29  
153  
102  
108  
121  
Loans and advances  
4,041  
2,808  
365  
28  
3,962  
2,384  
297  
26  
3,856  
2,323  
291  
27  
Deposits and other debt  
Mortgage credit  
Operating cost/income, %  
Number of FTE, end of period  
13  
93  
14  
15  
13  
16  
81  
Developments on the income side of corporate banking  
were positive in 2021. Even though net interest income  
fell slightly to DKK 128m, net fee and commission  
income and other operating income rose by DKK 10m to  
DKK 27m and by DKK 5m to DKK 9m year on year,  
respectively. Total operating income was thus up by 8%,  
or DKK 13m, in 2021 at DKK 164m.  
2021, compared to a reversal of DKK 9m in 2020. As  
both non-recurring items and investment portfolio  
earnings were flat between 2020 and 2021, profit before  
tax was DKKm 61m higher in 2021 at DKK 175m  
compared to 2020.  
The corporate lending portfolio grew by 2% during the  
year and was at DKK 4,041m at 31 December 2021. It  
remains well diversified and not overly exposed to either  
historically riskier sectors or the sectors still affected by  
the COVID-19 situation. Corporate deposits were up by  
DKK 201m over year-end 2020 to stand at DKK 2,808m  
at year-end 2021.  
Operating costs fell by 6% from DKK 44m in 2020 to DKK  
42m in 2021, resulting in profit before impairment  
charges coming in at DKK 122m, an increase of DKK  
15m compared to 2020.  
Impairments charges were a net reversal of DKK 54m in  
22  
 
Annual Report 2021  
Insurance  
Adjusted Income statement, Trygd  
Index  
105  
122  
53  
Index  
104  
120  
65  
DKKm  
Q4 2021 Q4 2020  
Q3 2021 Q2 2021 Q1 2021 Q3 2020  
2021  
125  
-101  
24  
2020  
121  
-84  
37  
Premiumincome, net of reinsurance  
Claims, net of reinsurance  
Net insurance income  
Net income frominvestment activities  
Operating income  
Operating cost  
32  
-28  
4
30  
-23  
7
32  
-28  
4
31  
-19  
12  
0
30  
-26  
4
31  
-14  
16  
0
0
0
-64  
58  
0
-1  
-1  
-1  
77  
4
7
3
12  
-6  
4
16  
-6  
23  
35  
65  
-7  
-5  
2
130  
-6  
-3  
65  
46  
25  
-6  
-25  
-2  
-23  
12  
109  
-16  
Profit before tax  
-3  
6
-2  
11  
65  
46  
25  
Combined ratio  
109  
88  
22  
93  
76  
25  
81  
62  
22  
106  
85  
24  
101  
81  
89  
Claims ratio  
70  
Number of FTE, end of period  
87  
22  
25  
87  
The Group’s insurance company, Trygd, reported  
another year of growth in insurance premiums. Net  
premiums grew by 4% in 2021 to DKK 125m due to price  
rises and a continued inflow of new customers.  
Operating costs increased DKK 3m relative to 2020 and  
came in at DKK 25m. As a result, Trygd posted a loss  
before tax of DKK 2m compared to a profit before tax of  
DKK 4m in 2020.  
Claims, which can vary significantly from year to year,  
e.g. due to Faroese weather conditions or an unusual  
number of larger claims, were DKK 101m in 2021, an  
increase of DKK 8m compared to 2020, which also saw  
unusually high claims. The increased level of claims was  
the result of a sharp increase in costs of repairing  
damaged property, mostly due to the effect of the  
COVID-19 situation on the price of building materials.  
Trygd continues to grow its market share by offering  
competitive prices and delivering superior customer  
experiences. Trygd expects to continue to attract new  
customers and to grow premium income in 2022, as it  
has done for the past several years, and management  
has taken steps to increase profitability compared to  
2021.  
23  
 
Annual Report 2021  
Other activities  
Skyn  
to DKK 0.7m in 2020. Skyn is expected to pay a dividend  
of DKK 2m to BankNordik for the 2021 financial year.  
Due to the low interest rate environment, economic  
growth and net positive immigration, the Faroese  
housing market has experienced strong activity in recent  
years and continuous price increases.  
NordikLív  
NordikLív is a life insurance company established in  
2015 and wholly owned by BankNordik. The company  
began operations in 2016 by providing regular life,  
disability and critical illness insurance cover in the  
Faroese market. In 2021, premium income was DKK  
17.0m compared to DKK 15.3m in 2020, while profit  
before tax amounted to DKK 4.7m in 2021 compared to  
DKK 3.8m in 2020.  
Despite the challenging conditions, housing prices  
continued to increase, and transaction volumes  
exceeded the high level seen in previous years. The  
Group’s estate agency, Skyn, performed well during the  
period, being involved in a total of 224 transactions in  
2021 compared to 176 in 2020. Skyn’s revenues  
amounted to DKK 9.5m compared to DKK 7.8m in 2020,  
while profit before tax amounted to DKK 2.3m compared  
NordikLív is expected to pay a dividend of DKK 3m to  
BankNordik for the 2021 financial year.  
24  
 
Annual Report 2021  
Shareholders  
BankNordik share performance  
authorities that they held 5% or more of the Bank’s  
The closing price of BankNordik’s shares on Nasdaq  
Copenhagen at 31 December 2021 was DKK 140.50  
compared to a closing price of DKK 152 at 31 December  
2020. This was a decrease of 7.87% compared to an  
increase of 30.21% for the Copenhagen Bank Index.  
Note that BankNordik's total return in 2021 was 26.5%,  
as a total dividend of DKK 51.8 per share was paid out  
during the year. The turnover in BankNordik’s shares on  
Nasdaq Copenhagen was DKK 250m in 2021 compared  
to 106m in 2020.  
shares:  
▪
▪
▪
Faroese Government, holds 35% of the shares.  
Lind Invest, Aarhus, holds 12% of the shares.  
Protector Forsikring ASA, Oslo, holds 11% of the  
shares.  
▪
▪
P/F Tjaldur, Tórshavn, holds 5% of the shares.  
Sp/f Framherji, Fuglafjørður, holds 5% of the shares.  
At 31 December 2021, BankNordik had approximately  
8,100 shareholders. The Faroese government held 35%  
of the share capital, institutional and other large investors  
held 50%, private investors held 15%, while the Bank  
held 0.3% as treasury shares. The majority of  
BankNordik’s shareholders are based in the Faroe  
Islands.  
Performance of BankNordik shares vs the Nasdaq  
Copenhagen Bank Index in 2021:  
Country  
Pct. of nominal shareholdings  
Faroe Islands  
59  
21  
11  
9
Denmark  
Norway  
Other nationalities  
Total  
100  
The Board of Directors has been authorised to allow the  
Bank to acquire up to 10% of the Bank’s nominal share  
capital during the period to 1 March 2024.  
Shareholder structure  
At the time of publication of the Annual Report 2021, the  
following shareholders had notified the relevant  
BankNordik´s investor relations policy can be found on  
the Bank’s website www.banknordik.com/ir  
25  
 
Annual Report 2021  
Organisation and management  
votes cast and of the voting share capital represented at  
the general meeting.  
Corporate governance at BankNordik  
The overall purpose of BankNordik’s corporate  
governance policy is to ensure responsible corporate  
management and to safeguard the interests of the  
Bank’s shareholders, customers and employees. Strong  
corporate governance is about having clear and  
systemic decision-making processes, thus providing  
clarity about responsibilities, avoiding conflicts of interest  
and ensuring satisfactory internal control, risk  
management and transparency. Commitment to  
BankNordik’s mission and vision requires the integration  
of sound corporate governance with the framework  
under which the Bank is governed and managed.  
Any proposal to amend or revoke the quorum  
requirement may be adopted by two-thirds of both the  
votes cast and of the share capital represented at the  
general meeting. For the purpose of voting on such  
proposals, restrictions on voting rights and voting by  
proxy do not apply.  
The Bank’s Articles of Association are available at  
www.banknordik.com/aa  
Board of Directors  
The Board currently comprises eight members, five of  
whom were elected at the General Meeting and three by  
and among the employees. Board members elected at  
the General Meeting hold office until the next annual  
general meeting. As prescribed by statutory provisions  
on employee representation in Faroese legislation,  
members elected by and among the employees serve on  
the Board of Directors for four-year terms, with the next  
election to be held in 2022. The age limit for the election  
or re-election of board members is 70 years.  
BankNordik is a Faroese public limited company listed  
on NASDAQ Copenhagen A/S. Corporate governance at  
BankNordik follows generally adopted principles of  
corporate governance. The external framework that  
governs the Bank’s corporate governance approach to  
includes the rules of NASDAQ Copenhagen A/S,  
relevant legislation and instructions and guidance issued  
by the Danish Financial Supervisory Authority and other  
legislative authorities, and the rules and principles of the  
recommendations on Corporate Governance. For further  
information about the Bank’s compliance with the  
recommendations on Corporate Governance, see the  
Bank’s Corporate Governance Report, which is available  
at www.banknordik.com/cg.  
The Nomination Committee operates as a preparatory  
committee for the Board of Directors with respect to the  
nomination of and appointment of candidates for the  
Board of Directors and the Executive Board. Candidates  
for the Board of Directors are nominated by the Board of  
Directors or the shareholders and are elected by the  
shareholders.  
General meetings  
The general meeting is the Bank’s ultimate decision-  
making authority. An annual general meeting shall be  
held within three months of the end of a financial year. In  
2022, the meeting will be held on 25 March in Tórshavn,  
Faroe Islands. The minutes of the meeting will be  
available at www.banknordik.com.  
The primary duty of the Bank’s Board of Directors is to  
determine the strategic framework for the Bank and its  
activities. The Bank places emphasis on ensuring that  
the Board of Directors possesses the necessary and  
relevant experience and qualifications to adequately  
perform its duties as a board of directors. Members of the  
Board are subject to a performance evaluation, which  
includes questionnaire and a personal dialogue with the  
Chairman. The aim of the evaluation is to ensure, among  
other things, that the composition of the Board of  
Directors as well as the special competencies of each  
Board member enable the Board of Directors to perform  
its duties. As the Board of Directors operates as a  
collegial body, its overall competencies and experience  
are the sum of the individual board members’  
competencies and experience. The composition of the  
Board of Directors is intended to ensure the stable and  
satisfactory development of BankNordik for the benefit of  
Voting rights  
All shareholders have equal voting rights and each share  
carries one vote. However, no shareholder may, neither  
in respect of his own shares nor when acting as proxy for  
other shareholders, cast votes representing more than  
10% (ten per cent) of the total share capital, regardless  
of the shareholding. Proxy votes given to the board of  
directors are not subject to these restrictions.  
Any resolution to amend the Articles of Association or to  
wind up the Bank by voluntary liquidation or to adopt a  
merger is subject to no less than two-thirds of the share  
capital being represented at the general meeting and the  
proposed resolution being adopted by two-thirds of the  
26  
 
Annual Report 2021  
its shareholders, customers, employees and other  
stakeholders. The competencies of the Board of  
Directors are described collectively in the competency  
profile, which is available at BankNordik.com. Please  
refer to page 17 for information on the competencies of  
the individual Board members.  
incentive  
programmes  
including  
variable  
or  
performance-based remuneration.  
Additional information on the remuneration of the Board  
of Directors, the CEO and the executive officers can be  
found in note 11. For further information regarding the  
Bank’s remuneration policy, see  
Executive Board  
www.banknordik.com/rp.  
The Executive Board consists of Árni Ellefsen, Chief  
Executive Officer, Rune Nørregaard, Chief Finance and  
Credit Officer and Turið F. Arge, Chief Operating Officer.  
Risk management  
The Board of Directors always gives full attention to the  
Bank’s various risks as well as the aggregated risk  
profile, and follows up on risks on a regular basis. Risk  
appetite within the Bank is defined as the level and  
nature of risk that the Bank is willing to take in order to  
pursue the approved strategy on behalf of the  
shareholders, and is defined by constraints reflecting the  
views of shareholders, debt holders, regulators and other  
stakeholders. The Board of Directors is ultimately  
responsible for the Group’s overall risk appetite, and for  
setting principles for how risk appetite is managed.  
Diversity  
We recognise gender diversity as a driving force for other  
diversity aspects, and we have achieved a 40/60 gender  
split in senior positions as well as across the  
organisation. Measures include targeted recruitment  
where there is always at least one woman in the final field  
of candidates for the various positions. At board level, we  
aim to achieve a 40/60 gender split in 2025.  
Remuneration  
The Remuneration Committee operates as a preparatory  
committee for the Board of Directors with respect to  
remuneration issues. This duty includes proposals  
regarding the Bank’s Remuneration Policy and  
underlying instructions to be approved and adopted at  
the General Meeting.  
The Group’s Risk Manager is responsible for the risk  
management framework and processes, including  
identifying; controlling and monitoring the Bank’s various  
risks for the purpose of making risk assessments at both  
individual and aggregated levels. For further information  
on the Bank’s risk management, see the Group’s Risk  
Management Report 2021 at www.banknordik.com/rmr.  
The Bank’s remuneration policy reflects the Bank’s  
objectives of good governance and supports the Bank’s  
ability to recruit, develop and retain competent, high-  
Corporate responsibility  
Complying with the law and adhering to international  
performing and highly motivated employees in  
competitive market.  
a
principles for responsible business conduct is  
a
fundamental and integral part of BankNordik’s strategy.  
We are driven by an ambition to create value for all our  
stakeholders, to use our expertise to drive sustainable  
progress and to have a positive impact on the societies  
we are a part of. At BankNordik, we strive to build a  
relationship-centric bank that places the customer at the  
centre of business, provides tailored financial advice and  
makes the banking experience less complex. Our  
commitment to conduct responsible business revolves  
around a set of values consisting of “Competence,  
Commitment and Drive”, which form the backbone of our  
efforts to create sustainable and shared value for the  
Group’s stakeholders. In addition to creating economic  
value through responsible business conduct; through the  
benefits that our products bring to our customers; and  
through banking expertise, the Group aims to create  
social value through community involvement. As such,  
BankNordik’s approach is centred on its customers,  
employees and the local community. It is our assertion  
that CSR initiatives will yield the best results if there is a  
Remuneration for the Board of Directors is approved and  
adopted at each year’s annual general meeting.  
Members of the Board of Directors receive a fixed salary  
only. They are not covered by incentive programmes and  
do not receive variable or performance-based  
remuneration or pension contributions.  
The remuneration of the CEO and the remuneration  
frame of the executive officers are determined by the  
Board of Directors. Remuneration in line with market  
levels constitutes the overriding principle for the  
remuneration of the CEO and the executive officers.  
Remuneration for the CEO and the executive officers  
shall be consistent with and promote sound and effective  
risk management and not encourage excessive risk-  
taking or counteract the Bank’s long-term interests.  
Remuneration of the CEO and the executive officers only  
consists of a fixed salary and are not covered by any  
27  
 
Annual Report 2021  
natural connection between such activities and our  
business strategy and core competences. Therefore, our  
initiatives are strategically rooted in the Group’s vision,  
strategy, and values.  
FSA’s requirements on corporate responsibility  
reporting. The report is available at  
www.banknordik.com/csr.  
BankNordik reports on corporate social responsibility in  
the 2021 CSR Report, which has been prepared in  
compliance with the Group’s CSR policy and the Danish  
28  
 
Annual Report 2021  
Statement by the Management  
The Board of Directors and the Executive Board (the  
management) have today considered and approved the  
annual report of P/F BankNordik for the financial year
2021.  
Parent Company’s operations and the consolidated cash  
flows for the financial year starting on 1 January and  
ending on 31 December 2021. Moreover, in our opinion,  
the management’s report includes a fair review of  
developments in the Group’s and the Parent Company’s  
operations and financial position and describes the  
significant risks and uncertainty factors that may affect  
the Group and the Parent Company.  
The consolidated financial statements have been pre-  
pared in accordance with the International Financial  
Reporting Standards (IFRSs) as adopted by the EU, and  
the Parent Company’s financial statements have been  
prepared in accordance with the Faroese Financial  
Business Act.  
In our opinion, the annual report of P/F BankNordik A/S  
for the financial year 1 January to 31 December  
2021 identified as with the file name banknordik-2021-  
12-31-en.zip is prepared, in all material respects, in  
compliance with the ESEF Regulation.  
In our opinion, the consolidated financial statements and  
the Parent Company’s financial statements give a true  
and fair view of the Group’s and the Parent Company’s  
assets, liabilities, equity and financial position at 31  
December 2021 and of the results of the Group’s and the  
The management will submit the annual report to the  
general meeting for approval.  
Tórshavn, 25 February 2022  
Executive Board  
Árni Ellefsen  
CEO  
Board of Directors  
Jóhanna Lava Køtlum  
Chairman  
Jógvan Jespersen  
Deputy Chairman  
Ben Arabo  
Sverre Bjerkeli  
Rúna Hentze  
Michael Ahm  
Kenneth M. Samuelsen  
Alexandur Johansen  
29  
 
Annual Report 2021  
Internal Auditors’ Report  
Audit opinion  
We believe that the audit evidence we have obtained is  
sufficient and appropriate to provide a basis for our audit  
opinion.  
In our opinion, the Consolidated Financial Statements  
and the Financial Statements of P/F BankNordik give a  
true and fair view of the Group’s and the Parent  
Company’s assets, liabilities, shareholders’ equity and  
financial position at 31 December 2021 and of the results  
of the Group’s and the Parent Company’s operations and  
cash flows for the financial year 1 January — 31  
December 2021 in accordance with the International  
Financial Reporting Standards as adopted by the EU in  
respect of the Consolidated Financial Statements and in  
accordance with the Faroese Financial Business Act in  
respect of the Parent Company’s financial statements.  
Statement on Management’s Review  
Management is responsible for the Management’s  
Review.  
Our opinion on the Consolidated Financial Statements  
and the Parent Company’s Financial Statements does  
not cover the Management’s Review, and we do not  
express any form of assurance conclusion thereon.  
In connection with our audit of the Consolidated Financial  
Statements and the Parent Company’s Financial  
Statements, our responsibility is to read the  
Management’s Review and, in doing so, consider  
whether the Management’s Review is materially  
inconsistent with the Consolidated Financial Statements  
or the Parent Company’s Financial Statements or our  
knowledge obtained in the audit or otherwise appears to  
be materially misstated.  
Our opinion is consistent with our long-form audit report  
to the Audit Committee and the Board of Directors.  
Basis for opinion  
We have audited the Consolidated Financial Statements  
and the Financial Statements of P/F BankNordik for the  
financial year 1 January — 31 December 2021. The  
Consolidated Financial Statements have been prepared  
in accordance with the International Financial Reporting  
Standards as adopted by the EU. The Parent Company’s  
Financial Statements have been prepared in accordance  
with the Faroese Financial Business Act.  
Furthermore, it is our responsibility to consider whether  
the Management’s Review provides the information  
required under the Faroese Financial Business Act.  
We conducted our audit on the basis of the Danish  
Financial Supervisory Authority’s executive order on  
auditing financial enterprises etc. as well as financial  
groups as applied in the Faroe Islands and in accordance  
with international auditing standards on planning and  
performing the audit work.  
Based on the work we have performed, we conclude that  
the Management’s Review is in accordance with the  
Consolidated Financial Statements and the Parent  
Company’s Financial Statements and has been  
prepared in accordance with the requirements of the  
Faroese Financial Statements Act. We did not identify  
any material misstatements of the Management’s  
Review.  
We planned and performed our audit to obtain  
reasonable assurance as to whether the Consolidated  
Financial Statements and the Parent Company’s  
Financial Statements are free from material  
misstatement. We participated in auditing all material  
and critical audit areas.  
Tórshavn, 25 February 2022  
Arndis Poulsen  
Chief Audit Executive, BankNordik  
30  
 
Annual Report 2021  
Independent auditors’ reports  
To the shareholders of P/F BankNordik  
Report on the audit of the Financial Statements  
Our opinion  
In our opinion, the Consolidated Financial Statements give a true and fair view of the Group’s financial position at 31  
December 2021 and of the results of the Group’s operations and cash flows for the financial year 1 January to 31  
December 2021 in accordance with International Financial Reporting Standards as adopted by the EU and further  
requirements in the Faroese Financial Business Act.  
Moreover, in our opinion, the Parent Company Financial Statements give a true and fair view of the Parent Company’s  
financial position at 31 December 2021 and of the results of the Parent Company’s operations for the financial year 1  
January to 31 December 2021 in accordance with the Faroese Financial Business Act.  
Our opinion is consistent with our Auditor’s Long-form Report to the Audit Committee and the Board of Directors.  
What we have audited  
The Consolidated Financial Statements and the Parent Company Financial Statements of P/F BankNordik for the  
financial year 1 January to 31 December 2021 comprise income statement and statement of comprehensive income,  
balance sheet, statement of changes in equity and notes to the financial statements, including summary of significant  
accounting policies for the Group as well for the Parent Company and cashflow statement for the Group. Collectively  
referred to as the “Financial Statements”.  
Basis for opinion  
We conducted our audit in accordance with International Standards on Auditing (ISAs) and the additional requirements  
applicable in the Faroe Islands. Our responsibilities under those standards and requirements are further described in  
the Auditor’s responsibilities for the audit of the Financial Statements section of our report.  
We believe that the audit evidence we have obtained is sufficient and appropriate to provide a basis for our opinion.  
Independence  
We are independent of the Group in accordance with the International Ethics Standards Board for Accountants’  
International Code of Ethics for Professional Accountants (IESBA Code) and the additional ethical requirements  
applicable in Denmark and the Faroe Islands. We have also fulfilled our other ethical responsibilities in accordance with  
these requirements and the IESBA Code.  
To the best of our knowledge and belief, prohibited non-audit services referred to in Article 5(1) of  
Regulation (EU) No 537/2014 were not provided.  
Appointment  
PricewaterhouseCoopers Statsautoriseret Revisionspartnerselskab were first appointed auditors of P/F BankNordik on  
29 March 2010 for the financial year 2010. We have been reappointed annually by shareholder resolution for a total  
period of uninterrupted engagement of twelve years including the financial year 2021.  
Januar P/F Løggilt grannskokanarvirki were first appointed auditors of P/F BankNordik on 26 March 2013 for the  
financial year 2013. We have been reappointed annually by shareholder resolution for a total period of uninterrupted  
engagement of nine years including the financial year 2021.  
Key audit matters  
Key audit matters are those matters that, in our professional judgement, were of most significance in our audit of the  
Financial Statements for 2021. These matters were addressed in the context of our audit of the Financial Statements  
as a whole, and in forming our opinion thereon, and we do not provide a separate opinion on these matters.  
31  
 
Annual Report 2021  
Key audit matter  
How our audit addressed the key audit  
matter  
Loan Impairment charges  
We performed risk assessment procedures with the  
purpose of achieving an understanding of it-systems,  
business procedures and relevant controls regarding the  
calculation of provisions for expected losses on loans. In  
respect of controls, we assessed whether they were  
designed and implemented effectively to address the risk  
of material misstatement.  
Loans are measured at amortised cost less impairment  
charges.  
Loan impairment charges represent Management’s  
best estimate of expected losses on loans at the  
balance sheet date in accordance with the provisions  
of IFRS 9 and as incorporated in the Executive Order  
for the Faroe Islands on the Presentation of Financial  
Statements of Credit Institutions and Stockbroker  
Companies, etc. Reference is made to the detailed  
description of accounting policies in note 1.  
We reviewed and assessed the impairment charges  
recognised in the income statement in 2021 and the  
accumulated impairment charges recognised in the  
balance sheet at 31 December 2021.  
The Company makes provisions for expected losses  
both on an individual basis in terms of individual  
provisions and on a model-based basis.  
Our review included an assessment of the applied  
impairment model prepared by SDC, including di-vision  
of responsibilities between the data centre and the  
Group. An independent auditor appointed by SDC has  
provided the model with a reasonable assurance report  
as to whether the descriptions comply with the  
interpretation options regarding the impairment  
principles according to IFRS 9, and whether the model  
calculates in accordance with the model descriptions.  
We assessed whether the assurance report identified a  
need for adjustments to the Group’s application of the  
model.  
Due to the covid19 situation management has made a  
substantial provision to impairment charges as an  
accounting estimate (management judgement). The  
consequences of the covid-19 situation for the Group’s  
customers are uncertain still, and therefore there is an  
estimation uncertainty regarding this accounting  
estimate.  
We focused on loan impairment charges, as the  
accounting estimate is by nature complex and influenced We assessed and tested the Group’s calculation of  
by subjectivity and thus to a large extent associated with  
estimation uncertainty.  
impairment charges in stages 1 and 2, including  
assessment of Management’s determination and  
adaptation of model variables to the Group’s own  
circumstances.  
The following areas are central to the calculation of loan  
impairment charges:  
Our review and assessment included the Group’s  
methods applied for the calculation of expected credit  
losses as well as the procedures designed, including the  
involvement of the credit department and Management,  
and internal controls established to ensure that credit-  
■ Determination of credit classification on initial and  
subsequent recognition.  
■ Model-based impairment charges in stages 1 and 2,  
including Management’s determination of model  
variables adapted to the Group’s loan portfolio.  
impaired loans in stage  
3
and in stage 2,  
underperforming, are identified and recorded on a timely  
basis.  
■ The Group’s procedures to ensure completeness of  
the registration of credit-impaired loans (stage 3) or  
loans with significant increase in credit risk (stage 2,  
underperforming).  
We assessed and tested the principles applied by the  
Group for the determination of impairment scenarios and  
for the measurement of collateral values of e.g. ships  
and real estate included in the calculations of impairment  
of credit-impaired loans in stage 3 and in stage 2,  
underperforming.  
■ Most significant assumptions and estimates applied  
by Management in the calculations of impairment  
charges, including principles for the assessment of  
various outcomes of the customer’s financial position  
(scenarios) and for the assessment of collateral values  
of e.g. ships and real estate included in the calculations  
of impairment.  
We tested a sample of credit-impaired loans in stage 3  
and in stage 2, underperforming, by testing the  
calculations of impairment charges and applied data to  
underlying documentation.  
■ Management’s assessment of expected credit losses  
at the balance sheet date as a result of possible  
changes in market conditions and which are not  
included in the model-based calculations or individually  
assessed impairment charges including in particular  
the consequences for the Groups customers of the  
covid-19 situation.  
We tested a sample of other loans by making our own  
assessment of stage and credit classification. This  
included an increased sample of major loans, loans  
within segments with generally increased risks including  
segments particularly affected by the covid-19 situation.  
Reference is made to note 1 of the Parent Company  
Financial statements and the Consolidated Financial  
32  
 
Annual Report 2021  
Statements, ”Estimates and assumptions”, ”IFRS 9,  
Financial Instruments” and “Impairment charges”, note  
14, ”Credit risk management”, ”Changes to credit risks”  
and ”Calculation of expected credit risk” and  
“Management applied judgements as well as note 50,  
”Risk management”, addressing matters that may  
affect loan impairment charges.  
We reviewed and challenged Management’s esti-mates  
of expected credit losses not included in the model-  
based calculations or individually assessed impairment  
charges based on our knowledge of the portfolio,  
industry knowledge and knowledge of current market  
conditions. Among other things, we had a special focus  
on the Group’s calculation of the management estimates  
to cover expected credit losses as a result of the covid-  
19 situation.  
We also assessed whether the matters that may have an  
influence on provisions for expected losses on loans  
have been appropriate disclosed.  
Statement on Management’s Review  
Management is responsible for Management’s Review. Our opinion on the Financial Statements does not cover  
Management’s Review, and we do not express any form of assurance conclusion thereon.  
In connection with our audit of the Financial Statements, our responsibility is to read Management’s Review and, in doing  
so, consider whether Management’s Review is materially inconsistent with the Financial Statements or our knowledge  
obtained in the audit, or otherwise appears to be materially misstated.  
Moreover, we considered whether Management’s Review includes the disclosures required by the Faroese Financial  
Business Act.  
Based on the work we have performed, in our view, Management’s Review is in accordance with the Consolidated Financial  
Statements and the Parent Company Financial Statements and has been prepared in accordance with the requirements  
of the Faroese Financial Business Act. We did not identify any material misstatement in Management’s Review.  
Management’s responsibilities for the Financial Statements  
Management is responsible for the preparation of consolidated financial statements that give a true and fair view in  
accordance with International Financial Reporting Standards as adopted by the EU and further requirements in the Faroese  
Financial Business Act, and for the preparation of parent company financial statements that gives a true and fair view in  
accordance with the Faroese Financial Business Act and for such internal control as Management determines is necessary  
to enable the preparation of financial statements that are free from material misstatement, whether due to fraud or error.  
In preparing the Financial Statements, Management is responsible for assessing the Group’s and the Parent Company’s  
ability to continue as a going concern, disclosing, as applicable, matters related to going concern and using the going  
concern basis of accounting unless Management either intends to liquidate the Group or the Parent Company or to cease  
operations, or has no realistic alternative but to do so.  
Auditor’s responsibilities for the audit of the Financial Statements  
Our objectives are to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the Financial Statements as a whole are free from  
material misstatement, whether due to fraud or error, and to issue an auditor’s report that includes our opinion. Reasonable  
assurance is a high level of assurance, but is not a guarantee that an audit conducted in accordance with ISAs and the  
additional requirements applicable in the Faroe Islands will always detect a material misstatement when it exists.  
Misstatements can arise from fraud or error and are considered material if, individually or in the aggregate, they could  
reasonably be expected to influence the economic decisions of users taken on the basis of these Financial Statements.  
As part of an audit in accordance with ISAs and the additional requirements applicable in the Faroe Islands, we exercise  
professional judgement and maintain professional scepticism throughout the audit. We also:  
•
Identify and assess the risks of material misstatement of the Financial Statements, whether due to fraud or error,  
design and perform audit procedures responsive to those risks, and obtain audit evidence that is sufficient and  
appropriate to provide a basis for our opinion. The risk of not detecting a material misstatement resulting from fraud  
is higher than for one resulting from error, as fraud may involve collusion, forgery, intentional omissions,  
misrepresentations, or the override of internal control.  
•
•
Obtain an understanding of internal control relevant to the audit in order to design audit procedures that are  
appropriate in the circumstances, but not for the purpose of expressing an opinion on the effectiveness of the Group’s  
and the Parent Company’s internal control.  
Evaluate the appropriateness of accounting policies used and the reasonableness of accounting estimates and  
related disclosures made by Management.  
33  
 
Annual Report 2021  
•
Conclude on the appropriateness of Management’s use of the going concern basis of accounting and based on the  
audit evidence obtained, whether a material uncertainty exists related to events or conditions that may cast significant  
doubt on the Group’s and the Parent Company’s ability to continue as a going concern. If we conclude that a material  
uncertainty exists, we are required to draw attention in our auditor’s report to the related disclosures in the Financial  
Statements or, if such disclosures are inadequate, to modify our opinion. Our conclusions are based on the audit  
evidence obtained up to the date of our auditor’s report. However, future events or conditions may cause the Group  
or the Parent Company to cease to continue as a going concern.  
•
•
Evaluate the overall presentation, structure and content of the Financial Statements, including the disclosures, and  
whether the Financial Statements represent the underlying transactions and events in a manner that gives a true and  
fair view.  
Obtain sufficient appropriate audit evidence regarding the financial information of the entities or business activities  
within the Group to express an opinion on the Consolidated Financial Statements. We are responsible for the  
direction, supervision and performance of the group audit. We remain solely responsible for our audit opinion.  
We communicate with those charged with governance regarding, among other matters, the planned scope and timing of  
the audit and significant audit findings, including any significant deficiencies in internal control that we identify during our  
audit.  
We also provide those charged with governance with a statement that we have complied with relevant ethical requirements  
regarding independence, and to communicate with them all relationships and other matters that may reasonably be thought  
to bear on our independence, and where applicable, actions taken to eliminate threats or safeguards applied.  
From the matters communicated with those charged with governance, we determine those matters that were of most  
significance in the audit of the Financial Statements of the current period and are therefore the key audit matters. We  
describe these matters in our auditor’s report unless law or regulation precludes public disclosure about the matter or  
when, in extremely rare circumstances, we determine that a matter should not be communicated in our report because the  
adverse consequences of doing so would reasonably be expected to outweigh the public interest benefits of such  
communication.  
Report on compliance with the ESEF Regulation  
As part of our audit of the Financial Statements we performed procedures to express an opinion on whether the annual  
report of P/F BankNordik for the financial year 1 January to 31 December 2021 with the filename banknordik-2021-12-31-  
en.zip is prepared, in all material respects, in compliance with the Commission Delegated Regulation (EU) 2019/815 on  
the European Single Electronic Format (ESEF Regulation) which includes requirements related to the preparation of the  
annual report in XHTML format and iXBRL tagging of the Consolidated Financial Statements.  
Management is responsible for preparing an annual report that complies with the ESEF Regulation. This responsibility  
includes:  
●
●
The preparing of the annual report in XHTML format;  
The selection and application of appropriate iXBRL tags, including extensions to the ESEF taxonomy and the  
anchoring thereof to elements in the taxonomy, for all financial information required to be tagged using judgement  
where necessary;  
●
●
Ensuring consistency between iXBRL tagged data and the Consolidated Financial Statements presented in human-  
readable format; and  
For such internal control as Management determines necessary to enable the preparation of an annual report that is  
compliant with the ESEF Regulation.  
Our responsibility is to obtain reasonable assurance on whether the annual report is prepared, in all material respects, in  
compliance with the ESEF Regulation based on the evidence we have obtained, and to issue a report that includes our  
opinion. The nature, timing and extent of procedures selected depend on the auditor’s judgement, including the assessment  
of the risks of material departures from the requirements set out in the ESEF Regulation, whether due to fraud or error.  
The procedures include:  
●
●
Testing whether the annual report is prepared in XHTML format;  
Obtaining an understanding of the company’s iXBRL tagging process and of internal control over the tagging process;  
34  
 
Annual Report 2021  
●
●
Evaluating the completeness of the iXBRL tagging of the Consolidated Financial Statements;  
Evaluating the appropriateness of the company’s use of iXBRL elements selected from the ESEF taxonomy and the  
creation of extension elements where no suitable element in the ESEF taxonomy has been identified;  
●
●
Evaluating the use of anchoring of extension elements to elements in the ESEF taxonomy; and  
Reconciling the iXBRL tagged data with the audited Consolidated Financial Statements.  
In our opinion, the annual report of BankNordik P/F for the financial year 1 January to 31 December 2021 with the file name  
banknordik-2021-12-31-en.zip is prepared, in all material respects, in compliance with the ESEF Regulation.  
Hellerup, 25 February 2022  
Tórshavn, 25 February 2022  
PricewaterhouseCoopers  
Januar P/F  
Statsautoriseret Revisionspartnerselskab  
Løggilt grannskokanarvirki  
Business registration no 33 77 12 31  
Business registration no. 5821  
Christian Fredensborg Jakobsen  
State Authorised Public Accountant  
mne16539  
Fróði Sivertsen  
State Authorised Public Accountant  
mne32257  
35  
 
Annual Report 2021  
36  
 
Annual Report 2021  
Financial statement BankNordik  
Contents  
Income statement……................................................ 38  
Balance sheet............................................................. 40  
Statement of capital.....................................................42  
Cash flow.................................................................... 45  
Note 1......................................................................... 46  
Note 2......................................................................... 61  
Note 3......................................................................... 64  
Notes 4, 5, 6, 7............................................................65  
Notes 8, 9, 10............................................................. 66  
Note 11....................................................................... 67  
Notes 12, 13............................................................... 70  
Note 14........................................................................71  
Note 15,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,…………..………………,,,,,,,,,,,,,85  
Note 16,,,,,….…………...,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,…….,,,,,,86  
Notes 17, 18, 19, 20....................................................88  
Notes 21, 22, 23, 24................................................... 89  
Note 25, 26, 27........................................................... 90  
Notes 28….................................................................. 91  
Note 29, 30..................................................................92  
Note 31……………………………………………………93  
Note 32, 33, 34, 35, 36, 37, 38................................... 94  
Notes 39, 40, 41..........................................................95  
Note 42 .......................................................................96  
Notes 43, 44, 45......................................................... 97  
Note 46, 47................................................................. 98  
Note 48 .......................................................................99  
Note 49 .....................................................................100  
Note 50 .....................................................................101  
Note 51 .....................................................................116  
37  
 
Annual Report 2021  
Income statement  
Group  
2021  
BankNordik  
Note  
DKK 1,000  
2020  
2021  
2020  
3, 4  
Interest income  
287,977
36,150
19,396
5,422
297,909
30,695
19,689
4,157
287,114  
36,150  
19,396  
5,422  
296,379  
30,695  
19,689  
4,157  
- of which interest income from deposits  
Interest expenses  
3, 5  
- of which interest expenses from assets  
Net interest income  
268,580
278,220
267,718  
276,691  
3
6
6
Dividends from shares and other investments  
Fee and commission income  
3,429
86,950
7,590
3,272
64,559
4,666
3,429  
99,343  
7,590  
3,272  
76,072  
4,666  
Fee and commissions paid  
Net dividend, fee and commission income  
Net interest and fee income  
82,789
351,370
63,164
341,384
95,183  
362,900  
74,678  
351,369  
7
8
Premium income, net of reinsurance  
141,442
107,547
385,264
135,276
90,124
Claims, net of reinsurance  
Interest and fee income and income from insurance activities, net  
386,535
362,900  
351,369  
3.9  
Market value adjustments  
4,391
11,009
232,567
6,497
-16,968
7,086
6,813  
4,968  
-13,923  
2,978  
10  
Other operating income  
11, 12  
Staff costs and administrative expenses  
244,335
7,592
211,855  
6,088  
225,740  
6,941  
27, 28, 29 Amortisation, depreciation and impairment charges  
13  
Other operating expenses  
975
659
975  
659  
14  
Impairment charges on loans and advances etc.  
Income from investments accounted for under the equity method  
Profit before tax from continuing operations  
-76,561
1,116
-4,962
337
-76,561  
5,094  
-4,962  
14,285  
126,331  
25, 26  
238,302
129,366
237,418  
15  
16  
Tax  
44,946
26,215
44,062  
23,180  
Net profit from continuing operations  
193,356
103,150
193,356  
103,150  
Discontinued operations, net of tax  
78,983
63,035
78,983  
63,035  
Net profit  
272,340
166,186
272,340  
166,186  
Portion attributable to  
Shareholders of BankNordik P/F  
Net profit  
272,340
166,186
272,340  
166,186  
272,340
166,186
272,340  
166,186  
EPS Basic for the period, discontinuing operations, DKK*  
EPS Diluted for the period, discontinuing operations, DKK*  
EPS Basic for the period, continuing operations, DKK*  
EPS Diluted for the period, continuing operations, DKK*  
EPS Basic for the perdiod, total, DKK*  
8.25
8.25
6.61
6.61
8.25  
8.25  
6.61  
6.61  
20.20
20.20
28.46
28.46
10.82
10.82
17.43
17.43
20.20  
20.20  
28.46  
28.46  
10.82  
10.82  
17.43  
17.43  
EPS Diluted for the perdiod, total, DKK*  
*Based on average number of shares outstanding, see the specification of shareholders equity  
38  
 
Annual Report 2021  
Statement of comprehensive income - BankNordik  
Group  
2021  
BankNordik  
DKK 1,000  
2020  
2021  
2020  
Net profit  
272,340
166,186
272,340  
166,186  
Other comprehensive income  
Items w hich w ill not subsequently be recycled:  
Revaluation of domicile property  
Tax on other comprehensive income  
Total other comprehensive income  
Total comprehensive income  
-4,000
880
0
-4,000  
880  
0
0
0
0
0
-3,120
269,220
-3,120  
269,220  
166,186
166,186  
Portion attributable to  
Shareholders of BankNordik P/F  
Additional Tier 1 capital holders  
Total comprehensive income  
262,262
6,958
159,280
6,906
262,262  
6,958  
159,280  
6,906  
269,220
166,186
269,220  
166,186  
39  
 
Annual Report 2021  
Balance Sheet  
Group  
Dec. 31  
BankNordik  
Dec. 31  
2020  
Dec. 31  
2021  
Dec. 31  
2020  
Note  
DKK 1,000  
2021  
Assets  
17  
Cash in hand and demand deposits w ith central banks  
Amounts due fromcredit institutions and central banks  
1,291,557
445,411
415,170
7,208,922
1,880,565
251,423
8,831
208,010
1,177,515
473,357
7,134,544
4,472,621
309,443
9,556
1,291,534  
445,411  
415,170  
7,208,922  
1,683,517  
251,423  
0
207,843  
1,177,515  
473,357  
7,134,544  
4,255,519  
309,443  
0
18, 19  
14, 20, 21 Loans and advances at fair value  
14, 20, 21 Loans and advances at amortised cost  
22  
Bonds at fair value  
23  
Shares, etc.  
24, 49  
25  
Assets under insurance contracts  
Holdings in associates  
Holdings in subsidiaries  
Intangible assets  
7,822
6,706
7,822  
6,706  
26  
0
0
99,064  
2,684  
143,086  
2,432  
27  
2,684
2,432
Total land and buildings  
Domicile property  
140,019
72,565
67,454
9,537
144,688
73,253
71,436
7,543
137,402  
69,948  
67,454  
8,411  
142,043  
70,608  
71,436  
6,439  
28  
28  
29  
Domicile property (lease asset)  
Other property, plant and equipment  
Current tax assets  
7,203
13,604
195
7,203  
13,604  
0
30  
31  
32  
Deferred tax assets  
8,207
7,648  
Assets held for sale  
0
4,466
0
4,466  
Other assets  
80,024
32,370
0
69,190
38,491
3,217,940
17,290,303
77,062  
31,291  
0
67,297  
37,412  
3,217,940  
17,199,646  
Prepayments  
16  
Assets in disposal groups classified as held for sale  
Total assets  
11,789,746
11,674,564  
40  
 
Annual Report 2021  
Balance Sheet  
Group  
Dec. 31  
BankNordik  
Dec. 31  
2020  
Dec. 31  
2021  
Dec. 31  
2020  
Note  
DKK 1,000  
2021  
Shareholders' equity and liabilities  
Liabilities other than provisions  
Amounts due to credit institutions and central banks  
Deposits and other debt  
33, 34  
35, 36  
39  
838,608
7,899,659
348,938
118,205
77,939
27,954
7,733,408
0
838,608  
7,914,185  
348,938  
0
27,954  
7,755,724  
0
Issued bonds at amortised cost  
Liabilities under insurance contracts  
Current tax liabilities  
37, 49  
98,231
31,136
205,995
4,198
0
75,913  
180,036  
4,038  
28,060  
195,264  
3,263  
38  
16  
Other liabilities  
188,170
5,379
Deferred income  
Liabilities directly associated w ith assets in Disposal groups classified as  
assets held for sale  
0
6,520,004
0
6,520,004  
Total liabilities other than provisions  
9,476,901
14,620,926
9,361,720  
14,530,269  
Provisions for liabilities  
30  
14  
Provisions for deferred tax  
0
12,186
14,320
26,505
3,093
16,015
3,641
0
12,186  
14,320  
26,505  
3,093  
16,015  
3,641  
Provisions for losses on guarantees etc  
Provisions for other liabilities  
Total provisions for liabilities  
22,749
22,749  
Subordinated debt  
Subordinated debt  
Total liabilities  
41  
99,370
224,695
99,370  
224,695  
9,602,776
14,868,370
9,487,595  
14,777,713  
Equity  
Share capital  
192,000
6,123
192,000
9,243
192,000  
6,123  
192,000  
9,243  
Revaluation reserve  
Retained earnings  
1,451,729
386,000
2,035,853
151,117
2,186,970
2,021,781
48,000
1,451,729  
386,000  
2,035,853  
151,117  
2,186,970  
2,021,781  
48,000  
Proposed dividends  
Shareholders of the Parent Company  
Additional tier 1 capital holders  
Total equity  
2,271,024
150,909
2,421,933
2,271,024  
150,909  
2,421,933  
40  
Total liabilities and equity  
11,789,746
17,290,303
11,674,564  
17,199,646  
41  
 
Annual Report 2021  
Statement of capital - BankNordik Group  
Changes in equity:  
Shareholders equity  
Additional  
tier 1  
Share  
capital  
192,000
Revaluation  
Proposed  
dividends  
48,000
Retained  
earnings  
2,021,781
0
DKK 1,000  
Reserve  
9,243
Total  
2,271,024
-4,000
capital  
Total  
2,421,933
-4,000
Shareholders' equity at January 1, 2021  
150,909
Revalution of assets  
-4,000
Tax on entries on income recognised as Other  
comprehensive income.  
880
880
265,382
262,262
0
880
272,340
269,220
-6,750
Net profit  
386,000
-120,618
-120,618
0
6,958
6,958
-6,750
Total comprehensive income  
Paid interest on additional tier 1 capital  
Acquisition of ow n shares  
Extraordinary dividend  
-3,120
386,000
-952
-952
-952
450,000
-498,000
386,000
-450,000
1,519
0
Dividends paid  
-496,481
-496,481
2,186,970
Shareholders' equity at December 31, 2021  
192,000
6,123
1,451,730
2,035,853
151,117
Regarding 2021: Proposed dividend per share DKK 40,2. Dividend payed out per share DKK 51,9.  
Additional  
tier 1  
Share  
capital  
192,000
Revaluation  
Reserve  
9,243
Proposed  
dividends  
67,200
Retained  
earnings  
1,843,891
DKK 1,000  
Total  
2,112,335
159,280
159,280
0
capital  
Total  
2,263,088
166,186
166,186
-6,750
Shareholders' equity at January 1, 2020  
Net profit  
150,754
6,906
48,000
111,280
Total comprehensive income  
Paid interest on additional tier 1 capital  
Acquisition of ow n shares  
Dividends paid  
48,000
111,280
6,906
-6,750
-591
67,200
-591
-591
-67,200
0
0
Shareholders' equity at December 31, 2020  
192,000
9,243
48,000
2,021,781
2,271,024
150,909
2,421,933
Regarding 2020: Proposed dividend per share DKK 5. Dividend payed out per share DKK 0.  
42  
 
Annual Report 2021  
Statement of capital - BankNordik P/F  
Changes in equity:  
Shareholders equity  
Additional  
tier 1  
Share  
capital  
192,000  
Revaluation  
Proposed  
dividends  
48,000  
Retained  
earnings  
2,021,781  
0
DKK 1,000  
Reserve  
9,243  
Total  
2,271,024  
-4,000  
capital  
Total  
2,421,933  
-4,000  
Shareholders' equity at January 1, 2021  
150,909  
Revalution of assets  
-4,000  
Tax on entries on income recognised as Other  
comprehensive income.  
880  
880  
265,382  
262,262  
0
880  
272,340  
269,220  
-6,750  
Net profit  
386,000  
-120,618  
-120,618  
0
6,958  
6,958  
-6,750  
Total comprehensive income  
Paid interest on additional tier 1 capital  
Acquisition of ow n shares  
Extraordinary dividend  
-3,120  
386,000  
-952  
-952  
-952  
450,000  
-498,000  
386,000  
-450,000  
1,519  
0
0
Dividends paid  
-496,481  
2,035,853  
-496,481  
2,186,970  
Shareholders' equity at December 31, 2021  
192,000  
6,123  
1,451,729  
151,117  
Regarding 2021: Proposed dividend per share DKK 40,2. Dividend payed out per share DKK 51,9.  
Additional  
tier 1  
Share  
capital  
192,000  
Revaluation  
Reserve  
9,243  
Proposed  
dividends  
67,200  
Retained  
earnings  
1,843,891  
111,280  
DKK 1,000  
Total  
2,112,335  
159,280  
capital  
150,754  
6,906  
Total  
2,263,088  
166,186  
166,186  
-6,750  
Shareholders' equity at January 1, 2020  
Net profit  
48,000  
Total comprehensive income  
Paid interest on additional tier 1 capital  
Acquisition of ow n shares  
48,000  
111,280  
159,280  
6,906  
-6,750  
-591  
67,200  
-591  
0
-591  
Suspended dividend payment  
Shareholders' equity at December 31, 2020  
-67,200  
0
192,000  
9,243  
48,000  
2,021,781  
2,271,024  
150,909  
2,421,933  
Regarding 2020: Proposed dividend per share DKK 5. Dividend payed out per share DKK 0.  
43  
 
Annual Report 2021  
Capital and Solvency - BankNordik  
Solvency  
Dec. 31  
Dec. 31  
2020  
DKK 1,000  
2021  
Core capital  
1,779,869  
1,879,239  
5,959,209  
269,125  
612,724  
6,841,058  
23.8%  
2,356,719  
2,581,414  
8,120,941  
584,300  
1,068,984  
9,774,225  
22.6%  
Total capital  
Risk-weighted items not included in the trading portfolio  
Risk-weighted items with market risk etc.  
Risk-weighted items with operational risk  
Total risk-weighted items  
CET 1 capital ratio  
Core capital ratio  
26.0%  
24.1%  
Total capital ratio  
27.5%  
26.4%  
MREL capital ratio  
29.6%  
26.4%  
Core Capital and Shareholders' equity  
Share capital  
192,000  
6,123  
192,000  
9,243  
Reserves  
Net profit  
272,340  
1,569,218  
2,039,681  
136,000  
250,000  
8,774  
166,186  
1,908,332  
2,275,762  
48,000  
0
Retained earnings, previous years  
Shareholders' equity, before deduction of holdings of own shares  
Deduction of ordinary dividend  
Deduction of extraordinary dividend  
Deduction due to excess holdings of shares in the fincial sector  
Deduction of holdings of own shares  
Deduction of intangible assets  
Deduction of deferred tax assets  
Deduction regarding prudent valuation of financial instruments  
CET 1 capital  
0
3,828  
4,738  
2,684  
12,572  
0
7,648  
1,993  
4,642  
1,628,753  
151,117  
1,779,869  
2,205,809  
150,909  
2,356,719  
Hybrid core capital  
Core capital  
Total capital  
Core capital  
1,779,869  
99,370  
2,356,719  
224,695  
Subordinated loan capital  
Total capital  
1,879,239  
2,581,414  
MREL capital  
149,016  
0
Total capital incl. MREL capital  
2,028,255  
2,581,414  
The BankNordik Group holds a license to operate as a bank and is therefore subject to a capital requirement under the Faroese  
Financial Business Act and to CRR. The Faroese provisions on capital requirements apply to both the Parent Company and the  
Group. The capital requirement provisions stipulate a minimum capital of 8% of the identified risks. A detailed body of rules  
determines the calculation of capital as well as risks (risk-weighted items). The capital comprises CET 1 capital, hybrid core  
capital and subordinated loan capital. The CET 1 capital corresponds to the carrying amount of equity, after deductions of  
holdings of own shares, tax assets and other minor deductions.  
44  
 
Annual Report 2021  
Cash flow statement - BankNordik Group  
DKK 1,000  
2021  
2020  
Cash flow from operations  
Profit before tax, including discontinued operations  
339,563
206,441
Amortisation and impairment charges for intangible assets  
Interest expense on leasing liabilities  
Depreciation and impairment charges of tangible assets  
Impairment of loans and advances/guarantees  
Paid tax  
212
2,292
653
3,299
6,812
17,754
-12,241
-40,537
-4,796
-72,983
-29,599
16,177
262,474
Other non-cash operating items  
Total  
170,573
Changes in operating capital  
Change in loans at fair value  
Change in loans at amortised cost  
Change in holding of bonds  
Change in holding of shares  
Change in deposits  
39,426
-1,395
40,878
45,998
2,567,081
76,471
1,100,638
12,519
98,142
-1,004,537
-26,631
-7,023
Due to credit institutions and central banks  
Change in other assets / liabilities  
Assets/liabilities under insurance contracts  
Prepayments  
810,654
-6,758
20,698
1,929
7,303
1,946
Cash flow from operations  
3,874,096
336,290
Cash flow from investing activities  
Divestment of businesses, net of cash  
Dividends received  
-3,309,712
3,429
0
12,559
-3,268
-4,014
30
Acquisition of intangible assets  
Acquisition of tangible assets  
Sale of tangible assets  
-225
-4,692
5,207
Cash flow from investing activities  
-3,305,992
5,307
Cash flow from financing activities  
Issued bonds at amortised cost  
Change in subordinated debt  
350,000
-125,000
-6,750
0
0
Interest paid on additional tier 1 capital  
Acquisition of own shares  
-6,750
-591
0
-952
Payment of dividends  
-498,000
1,519
Payment of dividends, own shares  
Principal portion of lessee lease payments  
Cash flow from financing activities  
0
-5,588
-10,505
-17,846
-284,771
Cash flow  
283,333
323,751
Cash in hand and demand deposits with central banks, and due from  
Credit institutions, etc. at the beginning of the year  
Cash flow  
1,453,635
283,333
1,129,884
323,751
Cash and due etc.  
1,736,968
1,453,635
Cash and due etc.  
Cash in hand and demand deposits with central banks  
Due from credit institutions, etc.  
Total  
1,291,557
445,411
223,320
1,230,315
1,453,635
1,736,968
Total cash include cash from Discontinued operations  
45  
 
Annual Report 2021  
Notes  
Note 1  
Accounting policies  
Contents  
1. Basis of preparation ……………………………………..……...……..47  
1) Estimates and assumptions …………..…..……..……..47  
2) Adoption of new standards in 2021………………..….. 48  
3) Changes in IFRSs not yet applied by BankNordik ..….49  
4) Consolidation…………………………………………….49  
5) Segment information …………………………………....50  
6) Foreign currency translation …………………………...50  
7) Offsetting …………………………………………………50  
2. Balance sheet—Assets ………………………………….…...52  
1) Due from credit institutions and central banks .….……52  
2) Financial instruments—General ……….………….…...52  
3) Financial instruments—Classification ……….…….…..52  
4) Assets under insurance contracts ….……………….…55  
5) Holdings in associates …………………….………….…55  
6) Holdings in subsidiaries ……………………….…….….55  
7) Intantible assets ……………………….…………….…..55  
8) Land and buildings ………………………….……….…..55  
9) Other property, plant and equipment ……………..……56  
10) Assets held for sale ………………………….…….…..56  
11) Other assets ………………………….…………….…..57  
3. Balance sheet—Liabilities, provisions and equity ……..…..57  
1) Financial instruments—general …………….……….…57  
2) Classification …………………………………….………57  
3) Due to credit institutions and central banks and deposits  
measured at amortised cost……….………………..……..57  
4) Trading portfolio measured at fair value ….…….……..57  
5) Determination of fair value ………………….…….…….57  
6) Liabilities under insurance contracts ………….….……57  
7) Other liabilities ………………………………….….…….58  
8) Provisions …………………………………….………….58  
9) Subordinated debt …………………………….….……..58  
10) Hybrid Capital (AT1 capital) ……………………..……58  
11) Own shares ………………………………….…….……59  
12) Dividends ………………………………………….……59  
4. Cash flow statement ……………………………….…….……59  
3. Accounting Policies—P/F BankNordik ………………….…….59  
2. Critical accounting policies ………………………………….……….50  
1. Income statement ………………………………….….………50  
1) Income criteria ………………………….……….……….50  
2) Interest income and expenses …………….….………..50  
3) Dividends on shares …………………….…….……...…51  
4) Fees and commission income …………….….………..51  
5) Fees and commission expenses incurred .…..………..51  
6) Premium income from non-life insurance, net of  
reinsurance ………………….……………………………...51  
7) Claims incurred related to non-life insurance, net of  
reinsurance ………………….……………………………...51  
8) Market value adjustments ……….…………….………..51  
9) Other operating income ………………….…….……….51  
10) Staff costs ………………………………….….………..51  
11) Pension obligations …………………….…….………..51  
12) Depreciation and impairment of property, plant and  
equipment ……………………….………………………….51  
13) Other operating expenses …………………….……...51  
14) Impairment charges on loans and advances etc...…51  
15) Tax ………………………………….…………………..52  
46  
 
Annual Report 2021  
1. Basis of preparation  
The BankNordik Group presents its consolidated financial statements in accordance with IFRSs as adopted by EU and  
issued by the International Accounting Standards Board (IASB). Furthermore, the consolidated financial statements  
comply with the requirements for annual reports in the Faroese Financial Business Act and the executive order regarding  
the application of IFRS standards in financial institutions which applies for the Faroes issued by the Danish FSA.  
The preparation of the consolidated financial statements requires, in some cases, the use of estimates and assumptions  
by management. The estimates are based on past experience and assumptions that management believes are fair and  
reasonable but that are inherently uncertain and unpredictable. These estimates and the judgement behind them affect  
the reported amounts of assets, liabilities and off balance sheet items, as well as income and expenses in the financial  
statements presented. Changes and effects from implementation of new standards and amendments are explained in the  
following under the heading Adoption of new standards in 2021.  
1) Estimates and assumptions  
Estimates and assumptions of significance to the financial statements include the determination of:  
A. Impairment charges of loans and advances  
B. Fair value of domicile properties  
C. Fair value of financial instruments  
D. Fair value of assets held for sale  
The assumptions may be incomplete or inaccurate, and unexpected future events or situations may occur. Such estimates  
and assessments are therefore difficult to make and will always entail uncertainty, even under stable macroeconomic  
conditions, when they involve transactions with customers and other counterparties.  
A) Impairment charges of loans and advances  
The Group makes impairment charges to account for impairment of loans and advances that occur after initial recognition.  
Impairment charges are based on the expected credit loss model as further described under the section “Loans and  
advances at amortised cost”.  
In order to determine impairments on financial instruments as stipulated by IFRS 9, the Bank is required to make use of  
estimations and assumptions. In particular, BankNordik is mandated to estimate future cash flows and loan-to-value when  
assessing significantly increased credit risks and impairments.  
BankNordik’s expected credit loss model based on a series of variable inputs – requires a loss allowance to be recognised  
on all credit exposures. Impairments within stage 1 and stage 2 which are not classified as weak engagements are based  
purely on the output of the model, whereas impairments within the weaker part of stage 2 and stage 3 are recognised  
based on a combination of individual assessment and model output.  
The following components of the model are considered accounting estimations and assessments:  
•
•
BankNordik’s internal credit score system, which assigns PD values on a loan-by-loan basis and classifies  
exposures into stages.  
BankNordik’s criteria to determine significant increases in credit risk, which would demand a transfer from one  
stage of impairment to another.  
•
•
Model development, including input parameters and formulas.  
Determining macroeconomic scenarios and economic data input, as well as the effect of these on PD values,  
EAD values and LGD values.  
•
Determining forward-looking microeconomic scenarios.  
Note 14 provides details on the amounts recognized and note 50 also provides further details on impairment charges on  
loans and advances.  
47  
 
Annual Report 2021  
In addition to model based impairment charges management applies judgement when determining the need for post-  
model adjustments in order to reflect uncertainty of the future cash flows not covered by the model, e.g. due to events  
like the corona pandemic.  
B) Fair value of domicile properties  
The income based approach is used to measure fair value of properties. For domicile properties the fair value is estimated  
on the basis of various assumptions and a major parameter is the potential rental income. The potential rental income is  
based on the Group’s best estimate of the future profit on ordinary operations and the required rate of return for each  
individual property when taking into account such factors as location and maintenance. A number of these assumptions  
and estimates have a major impact on the calculations and include such parameters as developments in rent, costs and  
required rate of return. Any changes to these parameters as a result of changed market conditions will affect the expected  
return, and thus the fair value of the domicile properties.  
C) Fair value of financial instruments  
The Group measures a number of financial instruments at fair value, including all derivative instruments as well as shares,  
bonds and certain loans.  
Assessments are made in connection with determining the fair value of financial instruments in the following areas:  
•
•
•
•
•
•
Choosing valuation method  
Determining when available listed prices do not reflect the fair value  
Calculating fair-value adjustments to provide for relevant risk factors, such as credit  
Model and liquidity risks  
Assessing which market parameters are to be taken into account  
Making estimates of future cash flows and return requirements for unlisted shares  
The Group’s loans and advances are not traded in an active market. Therefore there is no market price to determine fair  
value of loans. The fair value has to be determined using a valuation technique, which estimates the market price between  
qualified, willing and independent parties. The valuation technique has to include all the relevant elements such as credit  
risk, market rates etc. Note 3 and note 14 provide details on the amounts recognised for loans measured at fair value.  
As part of its day-to-day operations, the Group has acquired strategic equity investments. These shares are measured at  
fair value based on the information available about trading in the relevant company’s equity investments.  
Details on the amounts recognised are provided in note 23.  
D) Fair value of assets held for sale  
Assets held for sale are tangible assets and assets of group undertakings actively marketed for sale within 12 months,  
for example assets and businesses taken over under non-performing loan agreements and domicile property held for  
sale. Assets held for sale not expected to be sold within 12 months are reclassified to other items for example investment  
properties.  
Such assets are measured at the lower of their carrying amount at the time of reclassification and their fair value less  
expected costs to sell and are no longer depreciated. Details on the amounts recognised are provided in note 32.  
2) Adoption of new standards in 2021  
IBOR reform phase 2  
The amendment comprises changes to IFRS 9 and IFRS 7 and provides relief from applying modification accounting for  
required amendments to the terms of financial instruments and lease contracts arising from the IBOR reform. Further, the  
amendment provides relief from discontinuation of hedge accounting due to necessary changes in the terms of hedging  
instrument arising from the IBOR reform.  
48  
 
Annual Report 2021  
3) Changes in IFRSs not yet applied by BankNordik  
The following New standards, amendments and interpretations issued and not yet endorsed by EU are relevant for the  
BankNordik Group:  
3) Changes in IFRSs not yet applied by BankNordik  
The following New standards, amendments and interpretations issued and not yet endorsed by EU are relevant for the  
BankNordik Group:  
IFRS 17 ‘Insurance contracts’  
IFRS 17 was issued in May 2017 as replacement for IFRS 4 Insurance Contracts. It requires a current measurement  
model where estimates are re-measured each reporting period. Contracts are measured using the building blocks of:  
•
•
•
discounted probability-weighted cash flows  
an explicit risk adjustment, and  
a contractual service margin (“CSM”) representing the unearned profit of the contract which is recognised as  
revenue over the coverage period.  
The standard allows a choice between recognising the effect of changes in discount rates either in the income statement  
or directly in other comprehensive income. The choice is likely to reflect how insurers account for their financial assets  
under IFRS 9.  
An optional, simplified premium allocation approach is permitted for the liability for the remaining coverage for short  
duration contracts. The standard is effective for annual periods beginning on or after 1 January 2021. Management has  
not yet assessed the impact of IFRS 17.  
IFRS 17 is mandatory for accounting periods beginning on or after 1 January 2023  
Amendments to IAS 1 Presentation of Financial Statements and IFRS Practice Statement 2:  
Disclosure of Accounting policies and Amendments to IAS 8 Accounting policies, Changes in Accounting Estimates and  
Errors: Definition of Accounting Estimates The amendments comprise improved accounting policy disclosure  
requirements for the purpose of providing more useful information and additional guidance changes in accounting  
estimates from changes in accounting policies  
Amendments to IAS 12 Income Taxes:  
Deferred Tax related to Assets and Liabilities arising from a Single Transaction. Under the amendment, the exemption  
for recognition of deferred tax related to temporary differences arising at initial recognition of an asset or liability does not  
apply in a single transaction resulting in both a deferred tax asset and a deferred tax liability.  
The amendments are mandatory for accounting periods beginning on or after 1 January 2023  
4) Consolidation  
The consolidated financial statements comprise the parent company, P/F BankNordik and its subsidiaries. Subsidiaries  
are entities over which BankNordik has power, is exposed to variability in returns, and has the ability to use its power to  
affect the return. Control is said to exist if P/F BankNordik directly or indirectly holds more than half of the voting rights in  
an undertaking or otherwise has power to control management and operating policy decisions. Operating policy control  
may be exercised through agreements about the undertaking’s activities.  
The consolidated financial statements combine the financial statements of the parent and the individual subsidiaries in  
accordance with the Group’s accounting policies, in which intragroup income and costs, shareholdings, balances and  
dividends as well as realised and unrealised gains and losses on intragroup transactions have been eliminated.  
Acquired subsidiaries are included from the date of acquisition.  
The assets of acquired subsidiaries, including identifiable intangible assets, as well as liabilities and contingent liabilities,  
are recognised at the date of acquisition at fair value in accordance with the acquisition method.  
49  
 
Annual Report 2021  
5) Segment information  
The Group consists of a number of business units and resource and support functions. The business units are segmented  
according to legislation, product and services characteristics. The information provided on operating segments is regularly  
reviewed by the management making decisions about resources to be allocated to the segments and assessing their  
performance, and for which discrete financial information is available. Operating segments are not aggregated. Amounts  
presented in the segment reporting are recognised and measured in accordance with the Group’s significant accounting  
policies.  
Segment revenue and expenses as well as segment assets and liabilities comprise the items that are directly attributable  
to or reasonably allocable to a segment. Non-allocated items primarily comprise assets and liabilities, revenue and  
expenses relating to the Group’s administrative functions as well as income taxes etc.  
6) Foreign currency translation  
Transactions in foreign currencies are translated at the exchange rate of the functional currency at the transaction date.  
Gains and losses on exchange rate differences arising between the transaction date and the settlement date are  
recognised in the income statement.  
Monetary assets and liabilities in foreign currency are translated at the exchange rates at the balance sheet date.  
Exchange rate adjustments of monetary assets and liabilities arising as a result of differences in the exchange rates  
applying at the transaction date and at the balance sheet date are recognised in the income statement.  
7) Offsetting  
Amounts due to and from the Group are offset when the Group has a legally enforceable right to set off a recognised  
amount and intends either to settle on a net basis or to realise the asset and settle the liability simultaneously.  
2. Critical accounting policies  
1. Income statement  
1) Income criteria  
Income and expenses are accrued over the periods to which they relate and are recognised in the Income Statement at  
the amounts relevant to the accounting period.  
2) Interest income and expenses  
Interest income and expenses arising from interest-bearing financial instruments measured at amortised cost are  
recognised in the income statement according to the effective interest method on the basis of the cost of the individual  
financial instrument. Interest includes amortised amounts of fees that are an integral part of the effective yield on a  
financial instrument, such as origination fees, and the amortisation of any other differences between cost price and  
redemption price. For financial assets in stage 1 and 2 of the impairment model, interest income is determined on the  
basis of the gross carrying amount. For financial assets in stage 3, interest income is determined based on the carrying  
amount after impairment.  
Interest income and expenses also includes interest on financial instruments measured at fair value with the exception of  
interest relating to assets and deposits under pooled schemes which are recognized under market-value adjustments.  
The interests are recognised in the income statement according to the effective interest method on the basis of the cost  
of the individual financial instrument.  
Interest on loans and advances subject to impairment is recognised on the basis of the impaired value.  
Interest expenses comprise interests on the groups leasing liabilities recognized as a consequence of the implementation  
of IFRS 16 ‘Leases’.  
Furthermore interest income comprises income originated from liabilities and interest expenses comprise expenses  
originated from assets.  
50  
 
Annual Report 2021  
3) Dividends on shares  
Dividends on shares are recognised in the income statement on the date the Group is entitled to receive the dividend.  
This will normally be when the dividend has been approved at the annual general meeting.  
4) Fees and commission income  
Fees and commission income comprises fees and commission income that is not included as part of the amortised cost  
of a financial instrument. The income is accrued during the service period. The income includes fees from securities  
dealing, money transmission services as well as guarantee commission. Income arising from the execution of a significant  
act is recognized when the act is executed.  
5) Fees and commission expenses incurred  
Fees and commission expenses comprises fees and commission expenses paid that are not included as part of the  
amortised cost of a financial instrument. The costs include guarantee commissions and trading commissions.  
6) Premium income from non-life insurance, net of reinsurance  
Gross premium from non-life insurance comprises insurance premiums due. Net premium income from non-life insurance  
comprises gross premiums for the period adjusted for changes in premium provisions less reinsurance.  
7) Claims incurred related to non-life insurance, net of reinsurance  
Claims incurred comprise the claims incurred for the year adjusted for changes in provisions for claims corresponding to  
known and expected claims incurred for the year. In addition, the item includes run-off results regarding previous years.  
Amounts to cover internal and external costs for inspecting, assessing and containing claims and other direct and indirect  
costs associated with the handling of claims incurred are included in this item.  
In addition, the item covers reinsurance coverage.  
8) Fair value adjustments  
Fair value adjustments comprise all value adjustments of financial assets and liabilities that are measured at fair value  
through profit or loss and investment property. Excluded are adjustments on loans and advances at fair value, recorded  
as fair value adjustments under Impairment charges on loans and advances and provisions for guarantees etc. note 14.  
9) Other operating income  
Other operating income includes other income that is not ascribable to other income statement line items.  
10) Staff costs  
Salaries and other remuneration the Group expects to pay. Remuneration is recognized along with delivery of service  
and is classified as staff costs. This item includes salaries, bonuses, holiday allowances, anniversary bonuses, pension  
costs and other remuneration.  
11) Pension obligations  
The Group’s contributions to defined contribution plans are recognised in the income statement as they are earned by  
the employees.  
12) Depreciation and impairment of intangible assets, property, plant and equipment  
Depreciation and write-downs comprise the depreciation and write-downs on intangible and tangible assets for the period.  
Furthermore depreciation of property comprises depreciations on the Groups holdings of leased assets.  
13) Other operating expenses  
Other operating expenses include other expenses that are not ascribable to other income statement line items.  
14) Impairment charges on loans and advances etc.  
Impairment charges on loans etc. includes impairment losses on and charges for loans and advances and amounts due  
from credit institutions and other receivables involving a credit risk as well as provisions for guarantees and unused credit  
facilities.  
51  
 
Annual Report 2021  
15) Tax  
Faroese consolidated entities are not subject to compulsory joint taxation, but can opt for joint taxation provided that  
certain conditions are complied with. P/F BankNordik has opted for joint taxation with the subsidiary P/F Skyn. Corporation  
tax on income subject to joint taxation is fully distributed on payment of joint taxation contributions between the  
consolidated entities.  
Tax for the year includes tax on taxable profit for the year, adjustment of deferred tax as well as adjustment of tax for  
previous years. Tax for the year is recognised in the income statement as regards to the elements that can be attributed  
to profit for the year and in other comprehensive income and directly in equity as regards to the elements that can be  
attributed to items recognised in other comprehensive income and directly in equity respectively. Tax for the year is  
calculated separately based on continuing and discontinued operations.  
Current tax liabilities and current tax assets are recognised in the balance sheet as calculated tax on taxable profit for the  
year, adjusted for tax on taxable profit of previous years.  
Provisions for deferred tax or deferred tax assets are based on the balance sheet liability method and include temporary  
differences between the carrying amounts and tax bases of the balance sheets of each consolidated entity as well as tax  
loss carry forwards that are expected to be realised. Calculation of deferred tax is based on current tax law and tax rates  
at the balance sheet date.  
Deferred taxes are recognised in the balance sheet under the items “Deferred tax assets” and “Provisions for deferred  
tax”.  
2. Balance sheet — Assets  
1) Due from credit institutions and central banks  
Amounts due from credit institutions and central banks comprise amounts due from other credit institutions and time  
deposits with central banks and are measured at amortised cost, as described under Financial instruments / loans and  
advances at amortised cost.  
2) Financial instruments — General  
Purchases and sales of financial instruments are recognised and measured at their fair value at the settlement date. The  
fair value is usually the same as the transaction price. Changes in the value of financial instruments are recognised up to  
the settlement date.  
3) Financial instruments — Classification  
The Group’s financial assets are at initial recognition divided into the following three categories:  
•
•
•
Loans and advances measured at amortised cost  
Trading portfolio measured at fair value  
Financial assets designated at fair value with value adjustments through profit and loss  
3.1) Loans and advances measured at amortised cost  
Loans and advances consist of conventional loans and advances disbursed directly to borrowers. Initial recognition of  
amounts due from credit institutions and central banks as well as loans and advances is at fair value plus transaction  
costs and less origination fees and other charges received.  
Subsequently they are measured at amortised cost, according to the effective interest method, less any impairment  
charges according to the requirements from IFRS 9.  
The difference between the value at initial recognition and the nominal value is amortised over the term to maturity and  
recognised under “Interest income”.  
52  
 
Annual Report 2021  
Impairment charges  
Impairment charges on loans, financial guarantee contracts and loan commitments is based on a staged model under  
which the impairment charge on instruments which have not been subject to a significant increase in credit risk is  
determined at the credit loss from loss events expected to take place within the next 12 months. For Instruments with a  
significant increase in credit risk since initial recognition and instruments which are credit impaired, the impairment charge  
is the lifetime expected credit loss.  
The method of determining whether the credit risk has increased significantly is mainly based on the probability of default  
reflecting past events as well as current conditions and forecasts at the reporting date.  
The method of forecasting at the reporting date is based on a distribution of the bank’s personal customers by geography  
and of its corporate customers by industry. For each category, the bank considers the future forecast relative to the past  
events on which the probability of default is based.  
The method of calculating the expected credit loss in stage 1 and a part of stage 2 is primarily a model-based individual  
assessment based on a probability of default, a loss in case of default and exposure at the default date. For large, weak  
stage 2 customers/facilities and stage 3 customers/facilities, the calculation of impairment allowance is made using a  
manual, individual assessment of the financial assets rather than a model-based calculation.  
For exposures categorised as stage 1 or stage 2, the expected credit loss (ECL) is calculated as a function of the  
probability of default (PD) * the expected exposure at default (EAD) * the expected loss given default (LGD). Where the  
PD for exposures in stage 1 reflects the probability of default in the next 12-month period (PD12), the probability of default  
over the entire life of the exposure is applied to exposures placed in stage 2 (PD Life).  
As regards the portion of stage 2 exposures consisting of the weakest exposures, the largest of these are reviewed  
individually, and the average impairment ratio calculated for them is used to calculate the expected credit loss for the  
weakest of the stage 2 exposures not individually reviewed.  
As regards exposures in stage 3, the expected credit loss is calculated individually.  
PD12 is calculated based on the Bank’s behavioural credit score methodology for exposures to retail customers and small  
corporate customers, whereas the Bank’s accounting-based credit score model is applied to the Bank’s exposures to  
large corporate customers.  
PD Life is calculated based on PD12, but is adjusted for any identified annual migrations between various fixed PD12  
stages. Furthermore, the calculated PD Life is adjusted for changes in a number of forward-looking factors, which as  
regards the Bank’s Danish and Greenlandic exposures are based on information from, e.g., the Danish central Bank and  
the Danish Economic Council, whereas factors of relevance to Faroese exposures are based on the current impairment  
ratio relative to a historical average impairment ratio.  
EAD is calculated as the actual amount of exposure with due consideration for non-executed loan commitments and  
unutilised, executed loan commitments as well as any guarantees provided, which factors are calculated as a function of  
predetermined coefficients.  
LGD is calculated as the ratio between the historically identified loss rate for the portion of the exposures that are not  
secured.  
The expected life of an exposure is calculated, unless the circumstances surrounding the exposure in question dictate  
otherwise, as the contractual maturity of the exposure in question.  
All significant variables and calculations made are validated at least annually, primarily based on sample testing and, for  
model-based variables, supplemented by back-testing and the use of statistical targets for explanatory values.  
53  
 
Annual Report 2021  
Since calculations are made in all stages of an expected credit loss, i.e. expectations as to the future, all statements and  
calculations reflect the Bank’s best estimates and assessments as to future events. These estimates and assessments  
may therefore result in the calculation of a higher or lower credit loss than the credit losses actually incurred. Please refer  
to note 14 for further information.  
Write-off policy  
Pursuant to the credit policy, the Bank will secure as much collateral as possible when entering into exposures. It is Group  
policy to write off, possibly on account, claims deemed to be lost, even if no collateral has been secured. The following  
principles apply for writing off bad debts:  
•
For personal customers, write-off is made prior to or immediately in connection with the exposure being  
transferred to the central debt collection department.  
•
•
For corporate customers, write-off will typically await the commencement or completion of active realisation.  
Non-performing loans where the interest rate has been reduced to zero are normally written off immediately.  
The Bank will seek to collect all written-off exposures either through its debt collection department or through external  
assistance. In certain customer relationships, an agreement will be made on partial repayment of the exposures, and  
remaining exposures will be forfeited in connection with bankruptcy proceedings and agreements on debt rescheduling.  
3.2) Trading portfolio measured at fair value  
The trading portfolio includes financial assets acquired which the Group intends to sell or repurchase in the near term.  
The trading portfolio also contains financial assets managed collectively for which a pattern of short-term profit taking  
exists.  
Assets in the trading portfolio comprise the shares, bonds and derivatives with positive fair value held by the Group’s  
trading departments.  
At initial recognition, the trading portfolio is measured at fair value, excluding transaction costs. Subsequently, the portfolio  
is measured at fair value and the value adjustments are recognised in the Income Statement within market value  
adjustments.  
Determination of fair value  
The fair value of financial assets is measured on the basis of quoted market prices of financial instruments traded in active  
markets. If an active market exists, fair value is based on the most recently observed market price at the balance sheet  
date. If a financial instrument is quoted in a market that is not active, the Group bases its measurement on the most recent  
transaction price. Adjustment is made for subsequent changes in market conditions, for instance by including transactions  
in similar financial instruments that are assumed to be motivated by normal business considerations.  
If no active market for standard and simple financial instruments exists, generally accepted valuation techniques rely on  
market-based parameters for measuring fair value. The results of calculations made on the basis of valuation techniques  
are often estimates because exact values cannot be determined from market observations. Consequently, additional  
parameters, such as liquidity risk and counterparty risk, are sometimes used for measuring fair value.  
Determination of fair value hierarchy  
Fair value is determined according to the following order of priorities:  
•
•
•
Financial instruments valued on the basis of quoted prices in an active market are recognised in the Quoted  
prices category  
Financial instruments valued substantially on the basis of other observable input are recognised in the  
Observable and illiquid mortgage bonds valued by reference to the value of similar liquid bonds  
Other financial instruments are recognised in the Non-observable input category. This category covers unlisted  
shares and valuation relies on extrapolation of yield curves, correlations or other model input of material  
importance to valuation  
54  
 
Annual Report 2021  
3.3) Financial assets designated at fair value with value adjustments through profit and loss  
Financial assets designated at fair value through profit and loss comprise fixed-rate loans, loans capped and shares,  
including sector shares, which are not a part of the trading portfolio.  
The interest rate risk on these loans is eliminated or significantly reduced by entering into interest rate swaps. The market  
value adjustment of these interest rate swaps generates immediate asymmetry in the financial statements if the fixed-rate  
loans and loans capped were measured at amortised cost. To eliminate the inconsistency recognising the gains and  
losses on the loans and related swaps the fixed rate loans and loans capped are measured at fair value with value  
adjustments through profit and loss.  
4) Assets under insurance contracts  
Assets under insurance contracts comprise reinsurance assets and receivables from insurance contracts. Reinsurance  
assets are measured by initial recognition at fair value and subsequently at amortised cost.  
5) Holdings in associates  
Associated undertakings are businesses, other than group undertakings, in which the Group has holdings and significant  
influence but not control. The Group generally classifies undertakings as associated undertakings if P/F BankNordik  
directly or indirectly holds 20 — 50% of the voting rights.  
Holdings in associated undertakings are recognised at cost at the date of acquisition and are subsequently measured  
according to the equity method. The proportionate share of the net profit or loss of the individual associate undertaking is  
included under “Income from associated undertakings” and based on data from financial statements with balance sheet  
dates that differ no more than three months from the balance sheet date of the Group.  
The proportionate share of the profit and loss on transactions between associated and group undertakings is eliminated.  
Associates with negative net asset values are measured at DKK 0. Any legal or constructive obligation to cover the  
negative balance of the undertakings is recognised in provisions. Any receivables from these under-takings are written-  
down according to the impairment loss risk.  
Profits on divested associates are calculated as the difference between the selling price and the book value inclusive of  
any goodwill on the divested holdings. Reserves recognised within equity are reversed and recognised in the income  
statement.  
6) Holdings in subsidiaries  
Subsidiaries are recognised according to the equity method in the Financial Statement of the Parent Company.  
Consequently the net profit of the Group and the Parent Company are identical. The accounting policy described to the  
consolidated financial statements is therefore also valid for the parent company.  
7) Intangible assets  
Intangible assets consist of internally developed software. Developed software is amortised over its expected useful life,  
usually four years, according to the straight-line method.  
8) Land and buildings  
On acquisition land and buildings are recognised at cost. The cost price includes the purchase price and costs directly  
attributable to the purchase until the date when the asset is ready for use.  
8.1) Domicile property  
Domicile property is real property occupied by the Group’s administrative departments, branches and other service units.  
Real property with both domicile and investment property elements is allocated proportionally to the two categories if the  
elements are separately sellable. If that is not the case, such real property is classified as domicile property, unless the  
Group occupies less than 10% of the total floorage.  
Subsequently, domicile property is measured at a revalued amount corresponding to the fair value at the date of the  
revaluation less depreciation and impairment. The fair value is calculated on the basis of current market data according  
55  
 
Annual Report 2021  
to an income based model that includes the property’s estimated rental income if rented to a third party, operating  
expenses, as well as management and maintenance. Maintenance costs are calculated on the basis of the condition of  
the individual property, construction year, materials used, etc. Operating expenses are calculated on the basis of a  
standard budget. The fair value of the property is determined based on the expected cash flow from operations and a rate  
of return assessed for the individual property. The rate of return is determined on the basis on the location of the individual  
property, potential use, the state of maintenance, quality, etc. Revaluations are made with sufficient regularity to ensure  
that the carrying amount does not differ materially from the amount which would be determined using fair value at the  
balance sheet date.  
Depreciation is made on a straight-line basis over the expected useful life of 50 years, taking into account the expected  
residual value at the expiry of the useful life.  
At least once a year value adjustments according to revaluations are recognised in other comprehensive income.  
Depreciation and impairments are recognised in the income statement under the item “Amortisation, depreciation on fixed  
assets and impairment charges”. Impairments are only recognised in the income statement to the extent that it cannot be  
offset in former period’s revaluations.  
8.2) Leased domicile property  
A right of use asset and a lease liability is recognised in the balance sheet upon commencement of a lease.  
On initial recognition, the right-of-use asset is measured at cost, corresponding to the value of the lease liability, adjusted  
for prepaid lease payments, plus any initial direct costs and estimated costs for dismantling, removing and restoring, or  
similar.  
On subsequent recognition, the asset is measured at cost less any accumulated depreciation and impairment. The right-  
of-use asset is depreciated over the shorter of the lease term and the useful life of the asset. Depreciation charges are  
recognised in the income statement on a straight-line basis. The lease asset is presented in the balance sheet under the  
item Domicile property  
9) Other property, plant and equipment  
Other property, plant and equipment comprise equipment, vehicles, furniture and leasehold improvements and is  
measured at cost less depreciation and impairment. Assets are depreciated according to the straight-line method over  
their expected useful lives, which usually is three to ten years.  
Other tangible assets are tested for impairment if indications of impairment exist. An impaired asset is written down to its  
recoverable amount, which is the higher of its fair value less costs to sell and its value in use.  
10) Assets held for sale  
Assets held for sale include property, plant and equipment and disposal groups held for sale. Assets held for sale also  
include assets taken over under non-performing loan agreements. Assets are classified as held for sale when the carrying  
amount is expected to be recovered principally through a sale transaction within 12 months in accordance with a formal  
plan rather than through continuing use. Assets or disposal groups held for sale are measured at the lower of carrying  
amount and fair value less costs to sell. An asset is not depreciated or amortised from the time when it is classified as  
held for sale. Assets held for sale not expected to be sold within 12 months on an active marked are reclassified to other  
items.  
Assets or disposal groups held for sale are measured at the lower of carrying amount and fair value less costs to sell.  
A discontinued operation is a component of the entity that has been disposed of or is classified as held for sale and that  
represents a separate major line of business or geographical area of operations, is part of a single co-ordinated plan to  
dispose of such a line of business or area of operations, or is a subsidiary acquired exclusively with a view to resale. The  
results of discontinued operations are presented separately in the statement of profit or loss.  
56  
 
Annual Report 2021  
Assets related to disposal groups are presented in the item ‘Assets in disposal groups classified as held for sale’. Liabilities  
related to disposal groups are presented in the item ‘Liabilities directly associated with assets in disposal groups classified  
as assets held for sale’.  
Impairment losses arising immediately before the initial classification of the asset as held for sale are recognised as  
impairment losses. Impairment losses arising at initial classification of the asset as held for sale and gains or losses at  
subsequent measurement at the lower of carrying amount and fair value less costs to sell are recognised in the income  
statement under the items they concern.  
11) Other assets  
Other assets include interest and commissions due, derivatives with positive value and other amounts due.  
3. Balance sheet — Liabilities, provisions and equity  
1) Financial instruments — General  
Purchases and sales of financial instruments are recognised and measured at their fair value at the settlement date. The  
fair value is usually the same as the transaction price. Changes in the value of financial instruments are recognised up to  
the settlement date.  
2) Classification  
The Group’s financial liabilities are at initial recognition divided into the following three categories:  
•
•
•
Due to credit institutions and central banks, issued bonds and deposits measured at amortised cost  
Trading portfolio measured at fair value  
Other financial liabilities measured at cost  
3) Due to credit institutions and central banks, issued bonds and deposits measured at amortised cost  
Initial recognition of amounts due to credit institutions and central banks, issued bonds and deposits is at fair value net of  
transaction costs.  
Subsequently they are measured at amortised cost, according to the effective interest method, by which the difference  
between net proceeds and nominal value is recognised in the income statement under the item “Interest expenses” over  
the loan period.  
The effective interest rate is calculated on the expected cash flows estimated at inception of the loan. Non closely related  
embedded derivatives such as certain prepayment and extension options are separated from the loan treated as  
freestanding derivatives.  
4) Trading portfolio measured at fair value  
Liabilities in the trading portfolio comprise derivatives with negative fair value held by the Group’s trading departments.  
At initial recognition, the trading portfolio is measured at fair value, excluding transaction costs. Subsequently, the portfolio  
is measured at fair value and the value adjustments are recognised under market value adjustments in the Income  
Statement within market value adjustments.  
5) Determination of fair value  
The determination of the fair value is identical with the determination of the fair value of assets. Please refer to this section  
under financial assets.  
6) Liabilities under insurance contracts  
Liabilities under insurance contracts consist of provisions for unearned premiums and claims provisions.  
Premium provisions are calculated according to a best estimate of the sum of expected payments as a result of insurance  
events arising after the balance sheet date that are covered by agreed insurance contracts. Premium provisions include  
future direct and indirect expenses for administration and claims processing of agreed insurance contracts. A premium  
57  
 
Annual Report 2021  
provision represents at least the part of the gross premium that corresponds to the part of the coverage period that comes  
after the balance sheet date.  
Claims provisions are calculated according to a best estimate of the sum of expected payments as a result of insurance  
events until the balance sheet date, in addition to the amounts already paid as a result of such events. Claims provisions  
also include amounts which the Group, according to a best estimate, expects to pay as direct and indirect costs in  
connection with the settlement of the claims liabilities. Furthermore the item includes provisions on outstanding claims i.  
e. Risk margin on outstanding claims.  
Claims provisions are discounted according to the expected settlement of the provisions on the basis of the discount rate  
issued by the Danish FSA.  
7) Other liabilities  
This item includes sundry creditors, derivatives with negative market values and other liabilities. Wages and salaries,  
payroll tax, social security contributions and compensated absences are recognised in the financial year in which the  
associated service has been rendered by the Group’s employees. Costs relating to the Group’s long-term employee  
benefits are accrued and follow the service rendered by the employees in question.  
Pension contributions are paid into the employees’ pension plans on a continuing basis and are charged to the income  
statement.  
On initial recognition, lease liabilities are measured at the present value of future lease payments discounted using an  
incremental borrowing rate. On subsequent recognition, a lease liability is measured at amortised cost. Lease payments  
include payments during the minimum lease period plus lease payments during extension periods when it is reasonably  
certain that the option will be exercised. The lease liability is recognised under the item Other liabilities.  
8) Provisions  
Provisions include provisions for deferred tax, financial guarantees and other provisions for liabilities. Initial recognition of  
financial guarantees is at fair value which is often equal to the guarantee premium received. Subsequent measurement  
of financial guarantees is at the higher of the guarantee premium received amortised over the guarantee period and any  
provisions made for credit losses. Such provisions are determined applying the same approach as for loans issued.  
A provision for a guarantee or an onerous contract is recognised if claims for payment under the guarantee or contract  
are probable and the liability can be measured reliably. Provisions are based on the management’s best estimates of the  
size of the liabilities. Measurement of provisions includes discounting when significant.  
Provisions for financial guarantees are made according to the requirements from IFRS 9.  
9) Subordinated debt  
Subordinated debt consists of liabilities in the form of subordinated loan capital which in case of the Group’s voluntary or  
compulsory winding-up, will not be repaid until after the claims of its ordinary creditors have been met.  
On the date of borrowing Subordinated debt is recognised at the proceeds received less directly attributable transaction  
cost. Subsequently the subordinated debt is measured at amortised cost.  
10) Hybrid Capital (AT1 capital)  
Additional Tier 1 (AT1) capital issued with a perpetual term and without a contractual obligation to make repayments of  
principal and pay interest (additional tier 1 capital under CRR) does not fulfil the conditions for being classified as a  
financial liability according to IAS 32. Therefore, any such issue of Additional Tier 1 (AT1) capital is classified as equity.  
The net amount at the time of issue is recognised as an increase in equity. The payment of interest is treated as dividend  
and recognised directly in equity at the time when the liability arises. Such interest payments are tax deductible and are  
claimed in the Group’s tax statement.  
58  
 
Annual Report 2021  
Upon voluntary redemption or buyback of the instruments, shareholders’ equity will be reduced by the redemption amount  
at the time of redemption. Cost and selling prices on the purchase and sale of Additional Tier 1 (AT1) capital under CRR  
are recognised directly in equity in the same way as the buying or selling of treasury shares.  
11) Own shares  
Purchase and sales amounts and dividend regarding holdings of own shares are recognised directly in the equity under  
the item “Retained earnings”. Profits and losses from sale are not included in the income statement.  
12) Dividends  
The Board of Directors’ proposal for dividends for the year submitted to the general meeting is included as a separate  
reserve in shareholders’ equity. The dividends are recognised as a liability when the general meeting has adopted the  
proposal.  
4. Cash flow statement  
The Group prepares its cash flow statement according to the indirect method. The statement is based on the pre-tax profit  
for the year and shows the cash flows from operating, investing and financing activities and the increase or decrease in  
cash and cash equivalents during the year.  
Cash and cash equivalents consist of cash in hand and demand deposits with central banks and amounts due from credit  
institutions and central banks with original maturities shorter than three months.  
3. Accounting Policies — P/F BankNordik  
The financial statements of the Parent Company, P/F BankNordik, are prepared in accordance with the Faroese Financial  
Business Act and with the executive order on financial reports of credit institutions etc. of the Danish FSA as applied in  
the Faroe Islands. The valuation principles are identical to the Group’s valuation principles under the International  
Financial Reporting Standards (IFRSs). Investments in subsidiaries are recognised using the equity method.  
The Executive Order no. 1597 of 9. November 2020 for the Faroe Islands on financial reports for financial institutions and  
brokerage companies has effect from 1. January 2021. According to its section 150 (2) the bank has selected to implement  
the Executive order in the Annual Report 2020.  
Deviation from section 188 (1) in the Faroese Financial Business act.  
In December 2020, the Bank signed an agreement with Spar Nord under which Spar Nord acquired the Bank’s Danish  
activities. As a result, the Bank will discontinue all operations in Denmark. The transaction has received approval from all  
relevant authorities, and the transaction is thus expected to be completed as planned.  
The Danish activities have been recognized in the consolidated financial statements as discontinued operations in  
accordance with IFRS 5. Accordingly, profit after tax from the Danish activities for 2021 and 2020 are presented in a  
separate line item in the income statement. The individual items relating to the discontinued activities are listed in a note.  
All assets and liabilities of the discontinued activities are classified in a separate line under assets or liabilities respectively.  
The parent company financial statements have been prepared in accordance with the provisions of the Faroese Financial  
Business Act, including the Executive Order on financial reports for credit institutions and investment firms, etc. The rules  
of this legislation do not specifically address the presentation of discontinued operations in the income statement, whereas  
the presentation in the balance sheet is identical to the presentation in the consolidated financial statements.  
As a result of the abovementioned difference in the rules on the presentation of discontinued operations in the income  
statement, items in the parent company income statement will be significantly higher than the corresponding items in the  
consolidated income statement.  
Management believes applying different accounting policies in the consolidated and the parent company financial  
statements for the presentation of discontinued operations will fail to give a true and fair view of the Bank’s activities, as  
59  
 
Annual Report 2021  
the higher values appearing in the parent company income statements would expectedly cause doubts and uncertainty  
with readers of the financial statements as to the correlation between the parent company and the Group. Management  
has therefore resolved to deviate from section 196(1) of the Faroese Financial Business Act on format requirements, cf.  
section 188(1) of the Faroese Financial Business Act in order to ensure a true and fair view of the Company’s  
circumstances. As a result, the discontinued operations are presented according to the same principles as applied in the  
consolidated financial statements. The deviation has no effect on the net profit for the year or on shareholders’ equity and  
is being made solely for presentation purposes.  
60  
 
Annual Report 2021  
Note 2  
Operating segments  
The Group consists of two business units and support functions. The Group’s activities are segmented into business units  
according to legislative requirements and product and service characteristics. The Group’s business units are Banking and  
Non-life insurance.  
Banking comprises Personal Banking and Corporate Banking. Personal Banking comprises private customers in the Faroe  
Islands and Greenland. Corporate Banking comprises corporate customers mainly in the Faroe Islands and in Greenland.  
The corporate segment also comprises a few remaining corporate customers from Denmark.  
Non-life insurance comprises the insurance company P/F TRYGD based The Faroe Islands. TRYGD is responsible for the  
Group’s non-life insurance products. TRYGD target personal and corporate customers with a full range of property and  
casualty products. TRYGD’s operations are handled by its own sales team and distributed through Group’s banking units.  
Other covers expenses for the Group’s support functions and the real estate agency P/F Skyn and the life insurance  
company NordikLív. These companies are very small and immaterial in an overall Group context. Overhead Costs are  
allocated according to resource requirements. Liquidity balances are posted between the segments using an internal  
required rate of return. Other costs are allocated according to deposit balances in each segment. Other comprises assets  
not allocated to the business segments i. e. the Groups portfolio of bonds, shares and other assets.  
Discontinued operations comprise the planned selling of the Danish activities. As a consequence the discontinued  
operations no longer are a part of the Banking activities.  
All transactions between segments are settled on an arm’s-length basis.  
61  
 
Annual Report 2021  
Notes - BankNordik Group  
Non-life  
Continuing Discontinued  
Insurance Elimination operations  
operations  
Group  
Note Operating segments 2021  
Banking  
Corporate  
Faroe  
Private  
Other  
Total  
Islands  
Total  
2
DKK 1,000  
Total  
External interest income, Net  
164,991  
130,352  
-29,059  
266,283  
1,012  
267,295  
8,554  
275,849  
Internal interest  
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
Net interest income  
164,991  
130,352  
-29,059  
266,283  
1,012  
267,295  
8,554  
275,849  
Net Fee and dividends income  
67,045  
27,121  
-3,037  
91,130  
-8,341  
82,789  
10,807  
93,596  
Premium income, net of reinsurance  
0
0
17,012  
17,012  
125,307  
-876  
141,442  
0
141,442  
Net premium income of reinsurance and claims  
Other income  
0
15,207  
247,243  
64,110  
5,322  
0
6,143  
10,891  
455  
10,891  
21,805  
390,110  
231,615  
6,217  
23,880  
-1,865  
14,687  
16,739  
279  
-876  
-3,424  
-4,301  
-4,301  
33,895  
16,516  
400,495  
244,054  
6,496  
0
255,173  
274,534  
184,390  
528  
33,895  
271,689  
675,029  
428,443  
7,024  
Total income  
163,616  
16,652  
857  
-20,749  
150,852  
38  
Total operating expenses  
of which depreciation and amortisation  
Profit before impairment charges on loans  
Impairment charges  
183,132  
146,963  
-171,601  
158,494  
-2,053  
156,442  
90,144  
246,586  
-16,778  
-44,780  
-15,003  
-76,560  
0
0
-76,560  
-16,415  
-92,976  
Profit before tax  
199,910  
191,743  
-156,599  
235,055  
-2,053  
0
233,002  
106,560  
339,562  
Total assets  
3,766,899  
3,582,700  
5,105,434  
5,105,434  
4,146,733  
4,041,393  
2,808,751  
2,808,751  
3,697,506 11,611,138  
7,624,093  
178,608  
11,789,746  
7,624,093  
9,603,752  
7,899,659  
118,205  
0
0
0
0
0
11,789,746  
7,624,093  
9,603,752  
7,899,659  
118,205  
of which Loans and advances  
Total liabilities  
0
1,689,567 9,603,752  
7,914,185  
0
0
of which Deposits  
-14,525  
0
of which Insurance liabilities  
5,851  
112,353  
Non-life  
Continuing Discontinued  
Insurance Elimination operations  
Faroe  
operations  
Group  
Total  
Operating segments 2020  
DKK 1,000  
Banking  
Private  
Other  
Total  
Islands  
Corporate  
Total  
External interest income, Net  
137,080  
0
137,386  
0
2,176  
0
276,643  
0
1,577  
278,220  
0
101,815  
0
380,035  
0
Internal interest  
0
Net interest income  
137,080  
57,308  
137,386  
17,370  
2,176  
276,643  
71,055  
1,577  
278,220  
63,164  
101,815  
146,767  
380,035  
209,931  
Net Fee and dividends income  
-3,623  
-7,891  
Premium income, net of reinsurance  
Net premium income of reinsurance and claims  
Other income  
0
0
0
0
15,329  
9,463  
15,329  
9,463  
120,786  
36,529  
-2,682  
27,533  
15,077  
418  
-840  
-840  
135,276  
45,152  
0
0
135,276  
45,152  
12,993  
207,381  
60,763  
2,743  
3,683  
-19,888  
-11,871  
162,670  
4,432  
-3,212  
-3,652  
-4,492  
-4,492  
-9,545  
3,354  
-6,191  
Total income  
158,439  
18,568  
0
353,949  
242,002  
7,174  
376,991  
252,587  
7,593  
251,936  
182,141  
10,815  
69,795  
-7,280  
77,075  
628,927  
434,728  
18,407  
Total operating expenses  
of which depreciation and amortisation  
Profit before impairment charges on loans  
146,618  
4,903  
139,871  
-8,009  
147,880  
4,070,959  
3,996,818  
-174,541  
-1,856  
111,947  
-4,962  
12,457  
0
124,404  
-4,962  
194,199  
-12,241  
206,440  
Impairment charges  
0
Profit before tax  
141,714  
3,785,613  
3,611,083  
-172,686  
116,909  
12,457  
207,493  
0
0
129,365  
14,072,363  
7,607,901  
Total assets  
6,008,298 13,864,870  
3,217,940 17,290,304  
2,230,722 9,838,623  
of which Loans and advances  
7,607,901  
Total liabilities  
5,144,118  
2,611,606  
592,642 8,348,366  
7,755,724  
0
0
8,348,366  
7,733,408  
98,231  
6,520,004 14,868,370  
of which Deposits  
5,144,118  
2,611,606  
-22,316  
0
5,629,740 13,363,147  
of which Insurance liabilities  
3,535  
94,696  
0
98,231  
62  
 
Annual Report 2021  
BankNordik Group - Geografical revenue information  
Additions to tangible  
assets  
Additions to  
intangible assets  
Note 2 DKK 1,000  
Total income  
Non.current assets  
Q1-Q4  
2021  
Q1-Q4  
(cont'd) Geografical segments  
Faroe Islands  
2020  
309,504  
6,356  
Q4 2021  
118,362  
0
Q4 2020  
118,976  
0
Q4 2021  
Q4 2020  
-1,309  
0
Q4 2021  
Q4 2020  
328,859  
6,690  
-1,960  
0
253  
0
280  
0
Denmark  
Greenland  
64,947  
400,496  
19,534  
420,029  
61,131  
44,896  
163,258  
0
45,360  
164,336  
72,711  
237,047  
28  
79  
0
0
Total, continuing operations  
Denmark, discontinued operations  
Total  
376,991  
251,936  
628,927  
-1,932  
0
-1,230  
16,006  
14,776  
253  
0
280  
2,335  
2,615  
163,258  
-1,932  
253  
Investment portfolio  
earnings  
Impairments  
Q1-Q4  
2021  
Q1-Q4  
Q1-Q4  
2021  
Q1-Q4  
2020  
Geografical segments  
Faroe Islands  
2020  
-2,237  
27,111  
-19,912  
4,962  
24,718  
51,699  
144  
5,507  
0
-16,631  
Denmark  
0
0
Greenland  
0
Total, continuing operations  
Denmark, discontinued operations  
Total  
76,561  
16,415  
92,976  
5,507  
0
-16,631  
0
7,280  
12,241  
5,507  
-16,631  
Income from external customers are divided into activities related to the customers's domiciles. Assets include all non-current  
assets, i.e. intangible assets, material assets, investment properties and holdings in associates.  
Total income  
Profit before tax  
Tax  
Q1-Q4  
2021  
43,927  
-360  
FTE  
Q4 2021  
Q1-Q4  
2021  
Q1-Q4  
Q1-Q4  
2021  
Q1-Q4  
Q1-Q4  
2020  
Operational segments  
Faroe Islands, Banking, Other  
Faroe Islands, Insurance  
Denmark, Banking  
2020  
281,971  
27,533  
6,356  
2020  
85,256  
12,457  
18,156  
13,497  
129,366  
77,075  
206,441  
Q4 2020  
181  
25  
314,172  
14,687  
6,690  
132,231  
-2,053  
20,974  
2,220  
0
156  
22  
0
62,006  
40,819  
233,003  
106,560  
339,563  
-10,708  
10,922  
43,780  
23,443  
67,223  
1
Greenland, Banking  
64,947  
400,496  
19,534  
420,029  
61,131  
376,991  
251,936  
628,927  
3,022  
26,215  
14,039  
40,255  
17  
195  
0
21  
Total, continuing operations  
Denmark, Banking, discontinued operations  
Total  
228  
124  
352  
195  
63  
 
Annual Report 2021  
BankNordik Group  
Note DKK 1,000  
Interest  
income2  
Interest  
expenses  
Net Market value  
interest  
adjustment  
Dividend  
Total  
3
Net income, financial instruments 20211  
Financial instruments at amortised cost  
261,620  
19,271  
242,349  
242,349  
Financial instruments at fair value:  
Held for trading  
13,428  
20,122  
0
125  
0
0
13,303  
20,122  
0
-1,081  
-18,761  
17,040  
0
3,429  
0
15,651  
1,361  
17,040  
0
Loans and Advances Designated3  
Derivatives4  
Other  
0
0
0
Financial instruments at fair value total  
33,550  
125  
33,425  
-2,802  
3,429  
3,429  
34,051  
Total net income from financial instruments  
Net income, financial instruments 2020  
Financial instruments at amortised cost  
295,171  
248,964  
19,396  
17,698  
275,774  
231,266  
-2,802  
276,401  
231,266  
Financial instruments at fair value:  
Held for trading  
27,507  
21,716  
0
1,990  
25,237  
21,716  
0
-17,129  
4,371  
-4,210  
0
3,272  
0
11,380  
26,087  
-4,210  
0
Loans and Advances Designated3  
Derivatives4  
0
0
0
Other  
0
0
Financial instruments at fair value Total  
49,223  
1,990  
46,953  
-16,968  
3,272  
3,272  
33,258  
Total net income from financial instruments  
298,188  
19,689  
278,220  
-16,968  
264,524  
1
2
3
The Group does not have held-to-maturity investments  
Interest income recognised on impaired financial assets amounts to DKK 3.7m(2020: DKK 4.7m)  
Net gain/loss recognised on loans and advances designated amount to DKK 1.4m(2020 DKK 16.8m). Of w hich DKK 20.1mrelate to interest income (2020 DKK  
21.7m), and DKK -18.8m relate to Value adjustments (2020 DKK 4.4m).  
Total value adjustments according to IFRS 7, including interest income on derivatives, amount to DKK 17.0m(2020 DKK -4.2m)  
4
64  
 
Annual Report 2021  
Notes - BankNordik  
Note  
DKK 1,000  
Group  
2021  
BankNordik  
2020  
2021  
2020  
4
Interest income and premiums on forwards  
Credit institutions and central banks  
Loans and advances  
1,589  
244,001  
36,150  
13,428  
-7,193  
-7,193  
2
440  
249,341  
30,695  
27,507  
-9,262  
-9,262  
-813  
1,589  
244,485  
36,150  
12,082  
-7,193  
-7,193  
2
440  
249,669  
30,695  
25,650  
-9,262  
-9,262  
-813  
Deposits  
Bonds  
Total derivatives of which:  
Interest rate contracts  
Other interest income  
Total interest income  
287,977  
297,908  
287,114  
296,379  
5
Interest expenses  
Credit institutions and central banks  
Deposits  
6,469  
644  
1,705  
1,133  
0
6,469  
644  
1,705  
1,133  
0
Issued bonds  
2,121  
7,425  
125  
2,121  
7,425  
125  
Subordinated debt  
Bonds  
12,226  
1,990  
2,302  
332  
12,226  
1,990  
2,302  
332  
Lease liabilities  
2,292  
321  
2,292  
321  
Other interest expenses  
Total interest expenses  
19,396  
19,689  
19,396  
19,689  
6
Net fee and commission income  
Fee and commission income  
Securities trading and custody accounts  
Credit transfers  
12,343  
17,858  
4,122  
5,116  
14,698  
4,825  
12,343  
17,858  
4,122  
5,116  
14,698  
4,825  
Loan commissions  
Guarantee commissions  
29,071  
23,555  
86,950  
21,406  
18,515  
64,559  
29,071  
35,948  
99,343  
21,406  
30,028  
76,072  
Other fees and commissions of which:  
Total fee and commission income  
Fee and commissions paid  
Securities trading and custody accounts  
Net fee and commission income  
7,590  
4,666  
7,590  
4,666  
79,360  
59,892  
91,754  
71,406  
7
Premium income, net of reinsurance  
Regular premiums, life insurance  
Reinsurance premiums paid  
Total life insurance  
17,523  
511  
15,843  
514  
17,012  
143,835  
15,426  
-4,041  
62  
15,329  
134,977  
12,663  
-2,955  
587  
Gross premiums, non-life insurance  
Reinsurance premiums paid  
Change in gross premium provisions  
Change in reinsurers' share of premiums  
Total non-life insurance  
124,430  
141,442  
119,946  
135,276  
Total  
65  
 
Annual Report 2021  
Notes - BankNordik  
Note  
DKK 1,000  
Group  
2021  
BankNordik  
2020  
2021  
2020  
8
Claims, net of reinsurance  
Benefits paid  
4,673  
1,448  
6,150  
-283  
Change in life insurance provisions  
Total life insurance  
6,120  
5,867  
78,369  
8,381  
-4,780  
4,226  
-1,938  
84,258  
90,124  
Gross claims paid  
84,104  
7,836  
Claims handling costs  
Reinsurance received  
-2,953  
13,643  
-1,203  
101,427  
107,547  
Change in gross claims provisions  
Change in reinsurers' share relating to provisions  
Total non-life insurance  
Total  
9
Market value adjustments  
Loans and advances  
Bonds  
-18,761  
-27,344  
18,450  
0
4,371  
-31,633  
9,788  
0
-18,761  
-24,922  
18,450  
0
4,371  
-28,588  
9,788  
0
Shares  
Investment properties  
Foreign exchange  
7,813  
24,233  
2,082  
22,151  
4,391  
4,716  
-4,210  
2,982  
-7,192  
-16,968  
7,813  
24,233  
2,082  
22,151  
6,813  
4,716  
-4,210  
2,982  
-7,192  
-13,923  
Total derivatives of w hich:  
Currency contracts  
Interest Swaps  
Total market value adjustments  
10  
Other operating income  
Profit on sale of investment and domicile properties and  
assets held for sale  
2,014  
50  
37  
37  
2,014  
50  
37  
37  
- of which assets held for sale  
Profit on sale of operating equipment  
Other income  
139  
4
139  
488  
4
7,374  
5,707  
753  
Operation of properties:  
Rental income  
1,365  
117  
1,407  
-68  
2,210  
117  
2,252  
-68  
Operating expenses  
- of which assets held for sale  
Total other operating income  
117  
-68  
117  
-68  
11,009  
7,086  
4,968  
2,978  
66  
 
Annual Report 2021  
Notes - BankNordik  
Note  
DKK 1,000  
Group  
2021  
BankNordik  
2020  
2021  
2020  
11  
Staff costs and administrative expenses  
Staff costs:  
Salaries  
115,862  
18,230  
18,988  
153,080  
125,169  
17,793  
19,994  
162,956  
99,428  
15,992  
16,904  
132,324  
109,809  
15,746  
17,977  
143,532  
Pensions  
Social security expenses  
Total staff costs  
Administrative expenses:  
IT  
52,936  
8,311  
1,929  
786  
52,890  
7,063  
861  
48,372  
6,933  
1,479  
730  
48,582  
6,259  
746  
Marketing etc  
Education etc  
Advisory services  
Other expenses  
Total administrative expenses  
882  
882  
23,361  
87,323  
28,064  
89,761  
22,018  
79,531  
25,739  
82,208  
Total staff costs  
153,080  
-7,836  
162,956  
-8,381  
132,324  
0
143,532  
0
Staff costs incl. under the item "Claims, net of reinsurance"  
Total administrative expenses  
87,323  
232,567  
89,761  
244,335  
79,531  
211,855  
82,208  
225,740  
Total employee costs and administrative expenses  
Number of employees  
Average number of full-time employees in the period  
202  
228  
171  
196  
Executive remuneration:  
Board of Directors  
2,425  
2,550  
2,425  
2,550  
Executive Board:  
Árni Ellefsen:  
Salaries  
2,981  
151  
2,831  
447  
0
2,650  
333  
2,981  
151  
2,831  
447  
0
2,650  
333  
- less fees received from directorships  
The Bank's expense, salaries  
Pension  
2,317  
398  
2,317  
398  
Bonus  
199  
199  
Bonus, Share-based payment  
Total executive board  
Total executive remuneration  
0
199  
0
199  
3,278  
5,703  
3,112  
5,662  
3,278  
5,703  
3,112  
5,662  
The number of shares in P/F BankNordik held by the Board of Directors and the  
Executive Board at the end of 2021 totalled 3,232 and 13,186 respectively (end of  
2020: 5,361 and 11,996).  
67  
 
Annual Report 2021  
Note  
11  
DKK 1,000  
Remuneration of the senior executives  
Group  
2021  
BankNordik  
(cont'd)  
2020  
2021  
2020  
The Board of Directors in P/F BankNordik  
Sverri Bjerkeli (fromMarch 2021)  
Stine Bosse (until March 2020)  
Ben Arabo (fromMarch 2020)  
Barbara Vang (until March 2021)  
Jógvan Jespersen  
352  
0
0
125  
500  
250  
250  
50  
352  
0
0
125  
500  
250  
250  
50  
350  
50  
350  
50  
308  
0
308  
0
KimJacobsen (until March 2020)  
John Henrik Holm(until March 2021)  
Hans A. Thomsen (until March 2021)  
Kenneth M. Samuelsen  
100  
50  
375  
175  
200  
200  
200  
225  
0
100  
50  
375  
175  
200  
200  
200  
225  
0
200  
200  
17  
200  
200  
17  
Alexander Johansen  
Dan Rasmussen (until January 2021)  
Gunnar Nielsen (until March 2021)  
Rúna Hentze (fromFebruary 2021)  
Jóhanna L. Køtlum(fromMarch 2021)  
Michael Ahm(fromMarch 2021)  
Total  
50  
50  
183  
365  
200  
2,425  
183  
365  
200  
2,425  
0
0
0
0
2,550  
2,550  
In all the consolidated companies, the remuneration of the Board of Directors is a fixed quarterly salary.  
68  
 
Annual Report 2021  
Note  
DKK 1,000  
Group  
2021  
BankNordik  
11  
Remuneration of other executives  
2020  
3,307  
487  
2021  
3,499  
644  
2020  
3,307  
487  
(cont'd) Fixed salary  
Pension  
3,499  
644  
Bonus  
429  
114  
429  
114  
Bonus, Share-based payment  
429  
114  
429  
114  
Total  
5,001  
4,022  
5,001  
4,022  
The executives included in this group are:  
Rune Nørregaard, Chief Credit Officer  
Turið F. Arge, Chief Commercial Officer  
Group  
2021  
BankNordik  
2021  
Total remuneration of executives  
Total  
2020  
2020  
8,279  
7,135  
8,279  
7,135  
Variable/performance-based renumeration  
Remuneration of members of the Executive Management Teamconsists of a fixed salary including pension contributions and any variable/performance-  
based remuneration based on business and value creation targets.  
The yearly variable/performance-based remuneration to members of the Executive Management Teamcannot exceed 25% of the yearly fixed salary  
excluding pension contributions.  
The variable/performance-based remuneration of members of the Executive Management Teamis determined on the basis of an assessment of the  
Group’s financial results and a number of key performance indicators (KPIs) reflecting the Group’s principal strategic, business and value creation  
priorities.  
Variable/performance-based remuneration components to members of the Executive Management Teamonly consist of cash bonus payments and  
BankNordik shares.  
Variable/performance-based remuneration components aw arded to members of the Executive Management Teammust at the calculation moment  
consist of not less than 50% BankNordik shares.  
Shares allocated to the members of the Executive Management Teamare allocated at a price corresponding to the average closing-rate for the  
BankNordik share on Nasdaq Copenhagen the last five trading days after the publication of the Group’s Annual Report.  
69  
 
Annual Report 2021  
Notes - BankNordik Group  
Group  
2021  
BankNordik  
Note  
DKK 1,000  
2020  
2021  
2020  
12  
Audit fees  
Fees to audit firms elected at the general meeting  
Total audit fees  
1,586  
1,648  
1,235  
1,274  
1,586  
1,726  
1,235  
1,381  
Total fees to the audit firms elected at the general meeting  
break dow n as follow s:  
Statutory audit  
1,200  
690  
510  
184  
118  
67  
1,501  
1,043  
458  
59  
900  
567  
333  
152  
115  
38  
1,195  
906  
289  
51  
- of which PricewaterhouseCoopers  
- of which Januar  
Other assurance engagements  
- of which PricewaterhouseCoopers  
- of which Januar  
51  
51  
8
0
Tax and VAT advice  
167  
167  
0
135  
135  
0
167  
167  
0
135  
135  
0
- of which PricewaterhouseCoopers  
- of which Januar  
Other services  
34  
31  
16  
0
- of which PricewaterhouseCoopers  
- of which Januar  
5
0
5
0
29  
31  
11  
0
Total fees to the audit firms elected at the general meeting  
1,586  
1,726  
1,235  
1,381  
13  
Other operating expenses  
The Guarantee Fund for Depositors and Investors  
Other operating expenses  
975  
0
659  
0
975  
0
659  
0
Total operating expenses  
975  
659  
975  
659  
70  
 
Annual Report 2021  
Group  
2021  
BankNordik  
Note  
DKK 1,000  
2020  
2021  
2020  
Continuing operations  
14  
Impairment charges on loans and advances and provisions for guarantees etc.  
Impairment charges and provisions at 1 January  
New and increased impairment charges and provisions  
Reversals of impairment charges and provisions  
Written-off, previously impaired  
327,822  
94,571  
164,101  
20,588  
3,657  
347,113  
98,090  
92,244  
25,137  
4,718  
327,822  
94,571  
164,101  
20,588  
3,657  
347,113  
98,090  
92,244  
25,137  
4,718  
Interest income on impaired loans  
Total impairment charges and provisions at 31 December  
237,705  
327,822  
237,705  
327,822  
Impairment charges and provisions recognised in the income statement  
Loans and advances at amortised cost  
-73,033  
302  
-5,643  
0
-73,033  
302  
-5,643  
0
Loans and advances at fair value  
Guarantiees and loan commitments  
-3,829  
0
682  
0
-3,829  
0
682  
0
Assets held for sale  
Total individual impairment charges and provisions  
-76,561  
-4,962  
-76,561  
-4,962  
Stage 1 impairment charges  
Stage 1 impairment charges etc. at 1 January  
New and increased Stage 1 impairment charges  
Reversals, net of Stage 1 impairment charges  
Stage 1 impairment charges at 31 December  
Total net impact recognised in the income statement  
33,844  
31,672  
20,428  
45,089  
11,245  
7,878  
29,984  
4,018  
33,844  
31,672  
20,428  
45,089  
11,245  
7,878  
29,984  
4,018  
33,844  
25,966  
33,844  
25,966  
Stage 2 impairment charges  
Stage 2 impairment charges etc. at 1 January  
New and increased impairment charges  
Reversals, net of impairment charges  
36,509  
14,754  
32,795  
18,468  
-18,041  
17,159  
33,680  
14,330  
36,509  
19,349  
36,509  
14,754  
32,795  
18,468  
-18,041  
17,159  
33,680  
14,330  
36,509  
19,349  
Stage 2 impairment charges at 31 December  
Total net impact recognised in the income statement  
Weak Stage 2  
Weak Stage 2 impairment charges etc. at 1 January  
New and increased impairment charges  
Reversals, net of impairment charges  
39,548  
23,850  
29,677  
33,720  
-5,828  
35,663  
18,588  
14,703  
39,548  
3,884  
39,548  
23,850  
29,677  
33,720  
-5,828  
35,663  
18,588  
14,703  
39,548  
3,884  
Weak Stage 2 impairment charges at 31 December  
Total net impact recognised in the income statement  
71  
 
Annual Report 2021  
Group  
2021  
BankNordik  
Note  
DKK 1,000  
2020  
2021  
2020  
14  
Stage 3 impairment charges  
(cont'd) Stage 3 impairment charges etc. at 1 January  
New and increased impairment charges  
Reversals of impairment charges  
201,907  
18,503  
71,579  
20,588  
203  
271,079  
11,329  
55,363  
25,137  
858  
201,907  
18,503  
71,579  
20,588  
203  
271,079  
11,329  
55,363  
25,137  
858  
Written-off, previously impaired  
Write-offs charged directly to the income statement  
Received on claims previously written off  
Interest income on impaired loans  
3,577  
6,948  
3,577  
6,948  
3,657  
4,718  
3,657  
4,718  
Stage 3 impairment charges at 31 December  
Total net impact recognised in the income statement  
128,243  
-60,108  
201,907  
-54,843  
128,243  
-60,108  
201,907  
-54,843  
Purchased credit-impaired assets included in stage 3 above  
Purchased credit-impaired assets at 1 January  
57,476  
34,725  
72,964  
15,488  
57,476  
34,725  
72,964  
15,488  
Reversals of impairment charges  
Purchased credit-impaired assets at 31 December  
22,751  
57,476  
22,751  
57,476  
Provisions for guarantees and undrawn credit lines  
Individual provisions at 1 January  
16,015  
5,792  
15,333  
4,510  
3,828  
16,015  
682  
16,015  
5,792  
15,333  
4,510  
3,828  
16,015  
682  
New and increased provisions  
Reversals of provisions  
9,621  
9,621  
Provisions for guarantees etc at 31 December  
Total net impact recognised in the income statement  
12,186  
-3,829  
12,186  
-3,829  
Provisions for guarantees and undrawn credit lines  
Stage 1 provisions  
2,593  
1,575  
0
1,828  
2,948  
200  
2,593  
1,575  
0
1,828  
2,948  
200  
Stage 2 provisions  
Weak Stage 2 provisions  
Stage 3 provisions  
8,018  
12,186  
11,039  
16,015  
8,018  
12,186  
11,039  
16,015  
Provisions for guarantees etc at 31 December  
72  
 
Annual Report 2021  
Note  
14  
DKK 1.000  
Group  
BankNordik  
Discontinued activities  
(cont'd)  
2021  
2020  
2021  
2020  
Impairment charges on loans and advances and provisions for guarantees etc.  
Impairment charges and provisions at 31 December  
New and increased impairment charges and provisions  
Reversals of impairment charges and provisions  
Reversals of impairments of sold activities  
140,736  
149,178  
45,884  
45,123  
140,736  
0
149,178  
45,884  
45,123  
0
16,270  
16,270  
124,466  
Written-off, previously impaired  
0
0
9,203  
3,333  
0
0
9,203  
3,333  
Interest income on impaired loans  
Total impairment charges and provisions at 31 December  
0
140,736  
0
140,736  
Impairment charges and provisions recognised in the income statement  
Loans and advances at amortised cost  
-16,131  
0
-6,722  
0
-16,131  
0
-6,722  
0
Loans and advances at fair value  
Guarantiees and loan commitments  
-139  
0
-557  
0
-139  
0
-557  
0
Assets held for sale  
Total individual impairment charges and provisions  
-16,270  
-7,280  
-16,270  
-7,280  
Stage 1 impairment charges  
Stage 1 impairment charges etc. at 31 December  
New and increased Stage 1 impairment charges  
Reversals, net of Stage 1 impairment charges of sold activities  
Stage 1 impairment charges at 31 December  
Total net impact recognised in the income statement  
7,235  
6,527  
4,613  
3,904  
7,235  
709  
7,235  
6,527  
4,613  
3,904  
7,235  
709  
0
7,235  
0
0
7,235  
0
0
0
Stage 2 impairment charges  
Stage 2 impairment charges etc. at 31 December  
New and increased impairment charges  
13,199  
15,853  
8,045  
13,199  
15,853  
8,045  
0
0
Reversals, net of stage 2 impairment charges of sold activities  
Stage 2 impairment charges at 31 December  
Total net impact recognised in the income statement  
13,199  
10,698  
13,199  
-2,654  
13,199  
10,698  
13,199  
-2,654  
0
0
0
0
Weak Stage 2  
Weak Stage 2 impairment charges etc. at 31 December  
New and increased impairment charges  
17,518  
0
5,637  
17,518  
0
5,637  
14,607  
14,607  
Reversals, net of impairment charges  
7,372  
10,146  
0
Reversals, net of stage 2 w eak impairment charges sold activities  
Weak Stage 2 impairment charges at 31 December  
Total net impact recognised in the income statement  
2,726  
17,518  
11,881  
10,146  
0
2,726  
17,518  
11,881  
-7,372  
-7,372  
73  
 
Annual Report 2021  
Group  
2021  
BankNordik  
Note  
14  
DKK 1.000  
2020  
2021  
2020  
Stage 3 impairment charges  
(cont'd) Stage 3 impairment charges etc. at 31 December  
New and increased impairment charges  
100,227  
118,048  
17,696  
26,314  
9,203  
100,227  
118,048  
17,696  
26,314  
9,203  
0
0
Reversals of impairment charges of sold activities  
Written-off, previously impaired  
91,468  
91,468  
0
0
Write-offs charged directly to the income statement  
Received on claims previously written off  
0
8,759  
0
1,464  
0
8,759  
0
1,464  
6,172  
6,172  
Interest income on impaired loans  
3,333  
3,333  
Stage 3 impairment charges at 31 December  
Total net impact recognised in the income statement  
Purchased credit-impaired assets included in stage 3 above  
Purchased credit-impaired assets at 1 January  
0
100,227  
-16,658  
0
100,227  
-16,658  
-8,759  
-8,759  
17,788  
26,018  
8,230  
0
17,788  
26,018  
8,230  
0
Reversals of impairment charges of sold activities  
Write-offs charged directly to the income statement  
Purchased credit-impaired assets at 31 December  
17,788  
17,788  
0
0
0
17,788  
0
17,788  
Provisions for guarantees and undrawn credit lines  
Individual provisions at 31 December  
2,556  
0
3,114  
923  
2,556  
0
3,114  
923  
New and increased provisions  
Reversals of provisions  
139  
2,417  
0
Reversals of provisions of sold activies  
Provisions for guarantees etc at 31 December  
Total net impact recognised in the income statement  
1,480  
2,556  
-557  
2,417  
0
1,480  
2,556  
-557  
-139  
-139  
Provisions for guarantees and undrawn credit lines  
Stage 1 provisions  
0
0
0
0
0
312  
86  
0
0
0
0
0
312  
86  
Stage 2 provisions  
Weak Stage 2 provisions  
0
0
Stage 3 provisions  
2,158  
2,556  
2,158  
2,556  
Provisions for guarantees etc at 31 December  
74  
 
Annual Report 2021  
Note 14, (cont’d)  
Credit risk management  
The Bank manages credit risk in connection with the establishment of new exposures by making certain requirements in  
respect of the customer’s ability to service loans, its general credit quality and by securing collateral in the asset(s) for  
which a customer seeks financing. In addition, the Bank has defined specific geographical areas in which it wishes to  
provide financing and a maximum proportion of its aggregate exposures to be allocated to corporate customers. As for  
exposures to corporate customers, the Bank has established maximum limits for the size of the aggregate exposure to  
each individual industry.  
Credit risk movements are measured on the basis of the Bank’s behavioural credit score model for private and small  
corporate customers and, as regards larger corporate customers, its accounting-based credit score model, both of which  
gauge and indicate the probability of default of each individual exposure in the next 12-month period.  
The behavioural credit score model for private and small corporate customers primarily use the following parameters,  
which are updated on a monthly basis:  
•
•
•
•
•
•
Gearing (total debt over total assets)  
Developments in the size and duration of overdrafts and arrears  
Average balances and credit transactions in transaction accounts, typically payroll and operating accounts  
Developments in debt  
Average liquid assets  
Changes in publicly available cyclical indicators  
The accounting-based credit score model for larger corporate customers primarily use the following parameters, which  
are updated on a yearly or monthly basis:  
•
Development in certain predefined key numbers and metrics calculated on the basis of the customer’s most  
recent public available annual accounts  
•
•
Developments in the size and duration of overdrafts and arrears  
Changes in publicly available cyclical indicators  
New customers, both personal and corporate, are categorised in accordance with the risk classification system provided  
by the Danish FSA. The system is based on traditional credit assessment indicators such as wealth, income, disposable  
income, etc. for personal customers and leverage, liquidity, solvency, etc. for corporate customers. The customers’ risk  
classification is then converted into a probability of default. After a period of 6-12 months, the credit scoring model  
described above will start assessing the customer’s credit worthiness. As per the Group’s risk classification system,  
customers are assigned a credit score on a scale from 1-11. A score of 1 is given to customers with the lowest PD values  
and a score of 11 is given to customers in default.  
As regards retail customers and small business customers, developments in credit risks for existing exposures are  
monitored based on a behavioural credit scoring model that, on a monthly basis, calculates and assigns to each exposure  
a behavioural score expressing the probability of default of each relevant customer within the next 12-month period. See  
the section “Changes to credit risks” below. Based on developments in the behavioural credit score, a number of signals  
are generated to the relationship manager, the credit department and the credit controllers. In case an adverse  
development is identified, the relationship manager must take action vis-à-vis the customer concerned. For large  
corporate customers, an accounting-based credit score is calculated monthly, however primarily based on developments  
in the corporate customer’s financial situation, as reported in the customer’s annual financial statements, adjusted for  
monthly developments in the customer’s overdrafts and arrears, if any, as well as publicly available cyclical indicators.  
Based on the calculated accounting-based credit score and information otherwise available regarding large corporate  
customers, the Bank reviews the exposure at least once a year to establish whether or not to continue or discontinue the  
exposure, including the terms for continuing or discontinuing the exposure.  
75  
 
Annual Report 2021  
Note 14, (cont’d)  
In order to support the credit management effort, default signals are generated on a daily basis to the customer adviser  
and, based on certain thresholds, also to the credit controllers. Furthermore, various reports on developments in credit  
risks, at both customer  
and portfolio level, are prepared and distributed on a monthly and quarterly basis.  
Further, and as part of the quarterly impairment test all large exposures, existing exposures increased more than certain  
thresholds amounts and other exposures chosen against other predefined criteria are reviewed not only to determine the  
need for impairment, but also to determine whether the assigned risk classification is correct and whether risk mitigating  
actions have to be taken. The bank also aims to obtain and review periodic accounts from its corporate customers as part  
of its ongoing credit risk management.  
To ensure compliance with the Bank’s defined requirements in respect of a customer’s ability to service a loan and its  
general credit quality as well as the requirement for collateral for security, the Bank uses a credit granting hierarchy  
according to which only customers deemed highly able to service their loans and demonstrating a high credit quality may  
be granted loans in the Bank’s retail and commercial banking departments, whereas all other exposures, including  
exposures to all new corporate customers, must be recommended and granted either by the Bank’s credit department,  
the credit committee or, as regards the largest exposures, by the Bank’s Board of Directors.  
In order to strike a reasonable balance between future earnings and the credit risks assumed that ensures the Bank’s  
defined profitability targets are met, an expected, risk-adjusted return is calculated for each customer relationship when  
an exposure is established. Any departure from the Bank’s pre-defined profitability targets must be approved by a member  
of the Bank’s Executive Management.  
Changes to credit risks  
To ensure that sufficient and timely impairment charges and provisions are recognised to cover expected credit losses  
on all of the Bank’s exposures which, on initial recognition, are measured at amortised cost or fair value and on financial  
guarantees and loan commitments, movements in the credit risk relating to all these exposures are monitored on a  
monthly and quarterly basis.  
Credit risk movements are measured on the basis of the Bank’s behavioural credit score model and, as regards large  
corporate customers, its accounting-based credit score model, both of which gauge and indicate the probability of default  
of each individual exposure in the next 12-month period. The models primarily use the following parameters, which are  
updated on a monthly basis:  
•
•
•
•
•
•
Gearing (total debt over total assets)  
Developments in the size and duration of overdrafts and arrears  
Average balances and credit transactions in transaction accounts, typically payroll and operating accounts  
Developments in debt  
Average liquid assets  
Changes in publicly available cyclical indicators  
Based on the estimated probability of default in the next 12-month period, each exposure is placed in one of three stages:  
Stage 1 reflects that no significant increase in credit risk has been identified, stage 2 reflects a significant increase in  
credit risk and stage 3 reflects impairment of the exposure in question. Exposures are placed in either stage 1 or stage 2  
on the basis of their estimated probability of default, meaning that all exposures are initially placed in stage 1, while the  
following scenarios require a stage 2 classification as a minimum:  
•
•
A 100% increase in the probability of default for the expected remaining term to maturity and a 0.5 percentage  
point increase when the probability of default was below 1% on initial recognition.  
A 100% increase in the probability of default for the expected term to maturity and a 2.0 percentage point  
increase when the probability of default was 1% or higher on initial recognition.  
76  
 
Annual Report 2021  
Note 14, (cont’d)  
Stage 3 classifications are for pre-selected exposures for which an individual review has revealed indications of an  
increased risk of impairment. In such reviews, the following events are generally deemed to reflect impairment of an  
exposure:  
•
•
•
Significant financial difficulty of the borrower  
Breach of contract by the borrower, such as a default or past due event  
The Bank or other lenders granting concessions to the borrower for reasons relating to the borrower’s financial  
difficulty that the Bank or lenders would not otherwise consider  
•
•
•
The borrower is likely to enter bankruptcy or become subject to other financial reconstruction  
Disappearance of an active market for that financial asset because of financial difficulties  
Purchase or origination of a financial asset at a deep discount that reflects the incurred credit losses.  
Calculation of the expected credit loss (need for impairment write-down or provisioning)  
For exposures categorised as stage 1 or stage 2, the expected credit loss (ECL) is calculated as a function of the  
probability of default (PD) * the expected exposure at default (EAD) * the expected loss given default (LGD). Where the  
PD for exposures in stage 1 reflects the probability of default in the next 12-month period (PD12), the probability of default  
over the entire life of the exposure is applied to exposures placed in stage 2 (PDLife).  
As regards the portion of stage 2 exposures consisting of the weakest exposures, the largest of these are reviewed  
individually, and the average impairment ratio calculated for them is used to calculate the expected credit loss for the  
weakest of the stage 2 exposures not individually reviewed.  
As regards exposures in stage 3, the expected credit loss is calculated individually.  
PD12 is calculated based on the Bank’s behavioural credit score methodology for exposures to retail customers and small  
business customers, whereas the Bank’s accounting-based credit score model is applied to the Bank’s exposures to large  
corporate customers.  
PDLife is calculated based on PD12, but is adjusted for any identified annual migrations between various fixed PD12  
stages. Furthermore, the calculated PDLife is adjusted for changes in a number of forward-looking factors, which as  
regards the Bank’s Danish and Greenlandic exposures are based on information from, e.g., the Danish central Bank and  
the Danish Economic Council, whereas factors of relevance to Faroese exposures are based on the current impairment  
ratio relative to a historical average impairment ratio.  
EAD is calculated as the actual amount of exposure with due consideration for non-executed loan commitments and  
unutilised, executed loan commitments as well as any guarantees provided, which factors are calculated as a function of  
predetermined coefficients.  
LGD is calculated as the ratio between the historically identified loss rate for the portion of the exposures that are not  
secured.  
The expected useful life of an exposure is calculated as the expected maturity of the exposure in question.  
All significant variables and calculations made are validated at least annually, primarily based on sample testing and, for  
model-based variables, supplemented by back-testing and the use of statistical targets for explanatory values.  
As the expected credit loss, especially for exposures categorised as stage 1 or 2, primarily are based on historical  
information, the Executive Management and the Board of Directors may add a discretionary increase in impairments to  
cover credit losses expected not to be covered by the calculations described above, e.g. due to an expected or emerging  
economic crises in one or more sectors and/or in one or more geographic locations.  
Since calculations and discretionary management estimates are made in all stages of an expected credit loss, i.e.  
expectations as to the future, all statements and calculations reflect the Bank’s best estimates and assessments as to  
77  
 
Annual Report 2021  
Note 14, (cont’d)  
future events. These estimates and assessments may therefore result in the calculation of a higher or lower credit loss  
than the credit losses actually incurred.  
Management applied judgements  
Management applies judgement when determining the need for post-model adjustments. At the end of 2021, the post-  
model adjustments amounted to mDKK 52 (2020: mDKK 52) and continue to include the risks arising from the corona  
crisis due to the continued uncertainty related to the economic effects of the pandemic.  
Based on the continued uncertainty related to the spread of new corona virus variants during 2021, not only domestically,  
but on a worldwide scale, and thereby affecting the exports markets but various degree of lock-downs, the Bank  
maintained its applied judgement, as the effect of these lockdowns is not covered by the model output.  
In determining the need and extent of a management judgement related to the corona virus pandemic the Bank has, as  
both the Faroese and Greenlandic economies are small and open, based its judgement on the basis of a general  
detoriation of the credit quality through out all sectors and segments with additional add ons to tourism and fishery related  
segments.  
In note 50 (Risk Management) information on the split of the management judgement of mDKK 52 between the stages  
and between Corporate and Private is included.  
78  
 
Annual Report 2021  
Note  
14  
DKKm  
Expected Credit  
Loss  
Net Exposure Deducted  
Collateral  
31 December 2021  
Gross Exposure1  
Net Exposure  
(cont'd) Stage  
1
2
3
1
2
3
1
2
3
1
2
3
Public authorities  
780  
0
780  
777  
Corporate sector:  
Fisheries, agriculture, hunting  
and forestry  
Industry and raw material  
extraction  
Energy supply  
Building and construction  
Trade  
890  
249  
74  
91  
21  
11  
2
7
26  
2
880  
247  
68  
66  
19  
123  
26  
12  
25  
19  
203  
478  
899  
475  
0
2
4
0
203  
476  
895  
475  
82  
411  
334  
101  
42  
161  
7
16  
0
1
1
2
41  
160  
7
14  
8
12  
1
4
Transport, hotels and  
restaurants  
496  
165  
32  
14  
20  
20  
482  
145  
12  
112  
10  
2
Information and  
communications  
Financing and insurance  
Real property  
Other industries  
Total corporate sector  
Retail customers  
Total  
10  
53  
1,026  
331  
4,862  
3,959  
9,601 1,554 544  
2
13  
92 144  
13  
2
0
1
8
3
42  
3
0
0
3
3
1
10  
53  
2
13  
89  
164  
929  
571  
10  
1
107  
6
242  
165  
407  
3
5
269  
233 133  
1,674 206  
0
1
5
7
0
6
38 1,018  
10 328  
101 4,820  
36 3,956  
167  
17  
965 343  
590 201  
3
0
36  
18  
54  
64  
12  
76  
778  
3,229 303  
96  
46  
136 9,556 1,500  
Credit institutions and central  
banks  
Total  
Faroe Islands  
Denmark  
1,893  
11,494 1,554 544  
9,311 1,258 305  
2
48  
29  
0
1,891  
136 11,446 1,500  
66 9,282 1,222  
1,891  
5,120 303  
4,141 116  
54  
36  
2
407  
240  
8
76  
34  
1
21  
1
49  
41  
21  
-1  
21  
1
Greenland  
Total  
2,162  
11,494 1,554 544  
295 190  
18  
48  
16  
54  
30 2,143  
136 11,446 1,500  
279  
160  
407  
959 186  
5,120 303  
41  
76  
Purchased credit-impaired assets included in stage 3  
Denmark  
49  
41  
8
1
Total  
49  
41  
8
1
1) Gross exposure comprises of loans and advances, guarantees and drawing rights.  
79  
 
Annual Report 2021  
Note  
14  
DKKm  
Continuing operations  
(cont'd)  
Expected Credit  
Loss  
Net Exposure Deducted  
Collateral  
31 December 2020  
Stage  
Gross Exposure1  
Net Exposure  
1
2
3
1
2
3
1
2
3
1
2
3
Public authorities  
Corporate sector:  
Fisheries, agriculture, hunting  
and forestry  
Industry and raw material  
extraction  
Energy supply  
Building and construction  
Trade  
860  
0
859  
857  
987  
174 106  
4
10  
31  
5
983  
164  
76  
-2  
426  
6
27  
0
181  
383  
894  
636  
151  
0
2
0
1
2
0
16  
0
4
181  
383  
892  
636  
135  
0
75  
98  
318  
370  
197  
29  
0
42  
13  
79  
115  
25  
14  
18  
2
7
12  
1
1
3
112  
Transport, hotels and  
restaurants  
504  
125  
33  
11  
9
20  
493  
116  
13  
147  
9
2
Information and  
communications  
Financing and insurance  
Real property  
Other industries  
Total corporate sector  
Retail customers  
Total  
13  
97  
979  
253  
4,927  
4,136  
3
36  
176  
38  
896 294  
637 168  
16  
3
78  
17  
0
0
8
3
29  
5
0
4
9
3
1
74  
13  
13  
96  
971  
250  
3
32  
167  
35  
840  
615  
13  
1
4
4
54  
250  
97  
1,960 162  
859 89  
3,675 251  
1
31  
26  
7
0
0
2
0
34  
5
3
4
57  
22  
78  
166 4,899  
46 4,131  
213 9,889 1,455  
128  
121  
249  
9,923 1,533 462  
34  
39  
Credit institutions and central  
banks  
Total  
Faroe Islands  
Denmark  
1,028 801  
10,951 2,334 462  
8,861 2,067 275  
2
36  
21  
0
14  
36  
1
79  
50  
4
25  
79  
1,027 800  
213 10,915 2,255  
95 8,839 2,017  
1,027 800  
4,702 1,051  
3,958 957  
249  
180  
7
62  
249  
39  
18  
3
19  
39  
44  
38  
99  
88  
92  
44  
34  
8
736  
15  
79  
Greenland  
Total  
2,046  
230  
26 2,032  
205  
10,951 2,334 462  
213 10,915 2,255  
4,702 1,051  
Purchased credit-impaired assets included in stage 3  
Denmark  
67  
57  
1
1
Total  
67  
57  
1
1
1) Gross exposure comprises of loans and advances, guarantees and drawing rights.  
80  
 
Annual Report 2021  
Note  
14  
DKKm  
Discontinued operations  
Expected Credit  
Loss  
Net Exposure Deducted  
Collateral  
(cont'd)  
31 December 2020  
Stage  
Gross Exposure1  
Net Exposure  
1
2
3
1
2
3
1
2
3
1
2
1
1
3
Public authorities  
Corporate sector:  
Fisheries, agriculture, hunting  
and forestry  
Industry and raw material  
extraction  
Energy supply  
Building and construction  
Trade  
Transport, hotels and  
restaurants  
Information and  
communications  
Financing and insurance  
Real property  
Other industries  
Total corporate sector  
Retail customers  
Total  
2
2
2
2
1
7
6
1
2
7
6
1
2
4
3
1
1
1
1
1
2
1
2
1
2
12  
8
1
7
12  
8
1
7
8
7
1
3
14  
2
14  
39  
91  
2
9
23  
299  
323  
4
1
39  
9
1
4
1
3
25  
54  
3
10  
92  
25  
0
7
8
1
30  
31  
1
82  
83  
4,066  
4,157  
329 181  
353 185  
99 4,058  
102 4,150  
1,548 105  
1,602 115  
15  
15  
Credit institutions and central  
banks  
Total  
53  
4,210  
0
8
53  
53  
353 185  
31  
102 4,203  
323  
83  
1,655 115  
15  
Denmark  
4,210  
353 185  
8
31  
102 4,203  
323  
83  
1,655 115  
15  
Total  
4,210  
353 185  
8
31  
102 4,203  
323  
83  
1,655 115  
15  
Purchased credit-impaired assets included in stage 3  
Denmark  
25  
18  
5
5
Total  
25  
18  
5
5
1) Gross exposure comprises of loans and advances, guarantees and drawing rights.  
81  
 
Annual Report 2021  
Note  
14  
DKKm  
31 December 2021  
(cont'd)  
Expected Credit  
Loss  
Net Exposure Deducted  
Collateral  
Gross Exposure1  
Net Exposure  
Stage  
1
2
3
1
2
3
1
2
3
1
2
3
Rating category  
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
3,933  
1,715  
2,081  
814  
1,100 211  
1,131 121  
292 208  
320 550  
58  
15 308  
12 11 495  
11,473 1,553 495  
0
2
56  
7
4
3
9
6
4
11  
1
4
5
0
0
0
1
0
2
3
2
6
3
3,929  
1,712  
2,071  
809  
1,096  
1,120  
291  
317  
52  
15  
12  
0
2
55  
2,936  
374  
585  
172  
219  
502  
73  
210  
15  
2
0
0
6
7
1
209  
118  
206  
543  
77  
271  
11 400  
1,501 400  
21  
37  
27  
173  
10  
25  
1
9
80  
10  
11  
Total  
36  
0
52  
0
48  
95  
12  
5,099  
75  
75  
95 11,425  
302  
1) Gross exposure comprises of loans and advances, guarantees and drawing rights.  
Continuing operations  
31 December 2020  
Expected Credit  
Net Exposure Deducted  
Collateral  
Gross Exposure1  
Loss  
Net Exposure  
Stage  
1
2
3
1
2
3
1
2
3
1
2
3
Rating category  
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
2,690 801  
2
3
7
2
8
9
1
2
0
1
0
0
0
0
10  
3
8
3
42  
2,688  
1,885  
2,132  
1,228  
1,202  
1,062  
261  
388  
41  
19  
9
800  
6
99  
2,215  
466  
830  
291  
324  
383  
79  
103  
2
8
800  
0
6
1,888  
2,140  
1,230  
6
99  
63  
62  
1
1,210 128  
1,072 166  
262 257  
390 199  
41 163  
20 346  
10 106 462  
10,951 2,334 462  
128  
157  
254  
191  
160  
304  
41  
57  
33  
49  
21  
35  
7
9
10  
11  
Total  
1
0
36  
12 213  
79 213 10,915  
94 249  
2,255 249  
1
39  
39  
4,702 1,051  
1) Gross exposure comprises of loans and advances, guarantees and drawing rights.  
Discontinued operations  
31 December 2020  
Gross Exposure1  
Loss  
Net Exposure  
Collateral  
Stage  
1
2
3
1
2
3
1
2
3
1
2
3
Rating category  
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
701  
1,026  
806  
538  
625  
339  
133  
14  
0
0
7
0
1
1
1
1
1
1
0
0
1
0
8
0
0
0
701  
1,025  
805  
538  
624  
338  
132  
14  
0
0
7
381  
354  
294  
196  
215  
151  
56  
4
0
3
0
0
0
0
59  
52  
77  
71  
16  
51  
0
0
1
4
2
59  
52  
76  
67  
14  
33  
14  
323  
26  
20  
27  
31  
8
3
1
115  
9
2
20  
5
2
20  
5
10  
11  
Total  
18  
5
19 185  
102  
83  
83  
15  
15  
4,210 353 185  
31 102 4,203  
1,655  
1) Gross exposure comprises of loans and advances, guarantees and drawing rights.  
82  
 
Annual Report 2021  
Note  
14  
DKKm  
Stage 1  
36  
Stage 2  
79  
Stage 3  
213  
-4  
Total  
328  
0
0
0.0  
30  
Impairment charges as at 1 January 2021  
(cont'd) Transferred to stage 1 during the period  
Transferred to stage 2 during the period  
Transferred to stage 3 during the period  
ECL on new assets  
16  
-5  
0
17  
-12  
5
-3  
0
4
0
13  
ECL on assets derecognised  
Impact of net remeasurement of ECL  
Write offs  
-6  
-10  
0
-27  
-1  
0
-66  
10  
-21  
136  
-99  
0
-21  
238  
Impairment charges as at 31 December 2021  
48  
54  
DKKm  
Stage 1  
11,021  
468  
-540  
-121  
2,264  
-1,798  
202  
Stage 2  
2,309  
-457  
541  
-49  
371  
-1,092  
-69  
Stage 3  
462  
-11  
Total  
13,792  
0
0
0.0  
2,689  
-2,969  
79  
Gross carrying amount as at 1 January 2021  
Transferred to stage 1 during the period  
Transferred to stage 2 during the period  
Transferred to stage 3 during the period  
New assets  
-1  
171  
55  
-79  
-54  
Assets derecognised  
Other changes  
Gross carrying amount as at 31 December 2021  
11,494  
1,554  
544  
13,592  
DKKm  
Continuing operations  
Stage 1  
Stage 2  
56  
Stage 3  
281  
-1  
Total  
347  
0
Impairment charges as at 1 January 2020  
Transferred to stage 1 during the period  
Transferred to stage 2 during the period  
Transferred to stage 3 during the period  
ECL on new assets  
ECL on assets derecognised  
Impact of net remeasurement of ECL  
Write offs  
9
12  
-1  
0
-12  
4
-3  
-3  
3
0
0
12  
-1  
4
0
36  
15  
-10  
28  
0
79  
0
-47  
4
-25  
213  
28  
-58  
36  
-25  
328  
Impairment charges as at 31 December 2020  
DKKm  
Stage 1  
9,972  
764  
-1,128  
-6  
3,461  
-1,759  
-352  
Stage 2  
1,944  
-757  
1,136  
-45  
Stage 3  
505  
-7  
Total  
12,420  
0
Gross carrying amount as at 01 January 2020  
Transferred to stage 1 during the period  
Transferred to stage 2 during the period  
Transferred to stage 3 during the period  
New assets  
Assets derecognised  
Other changes  
Gross carrying amount as at 31 December 2020  
-8  
50  
1
-55  
-25  
462  
0
0
169  
-289  
177  
3,631  
-2,103  
-200  
13,748  
10,951  
2,334  
83  
 
Annual Report 2021  
Note  
14  
DKKm  
Discontinued operations  
(cont'd)  
Stage 1  
Stage 2  
Stage 3  
120  
-2  
Total  
149  
0
Impairment charges as at 1 January 2020  
Transferred to stage 1 during the period  
Transferred to stage 2 during the period  
Transferred to stage 3 during the period  
ECL on new assets  
7
8
0
0
2
22  
-6  
2
-2  
3
-2  
2
1
0
0
6
ECL on assets derecognised  
Impact of net remeasurement of ECL  
Write offs  
-2  
-7  
0
-5  
16  
0
-13  
5
-9  
-20  
14  
-9  
Impairment charges as at 31 December 2020  
8
31  
102  
141  
DKKm  
Stage 1  
4,349  
273  
-131  
-16  
1,391  
-1,559  
-97  
Stage 2  
610  
-271  
135  
-17  
Stage 3  
204  
-3  
Total  
5,162  
0
Gross carrying amount as at 1 January 2020  
Transferred to stage 1 during the period  
Transferred to stage 2 during the period  
Transferred to stage 3 during the period  
New assets  
Assets derecognised  
Other changes  
Gross carrying amount as at 31 December 2020  
-4  
33  
3
-20  
-28  
185  
0
0
94  
-190  
-8  
1,489  
-1,769  
-133  
4,749  
4,210  
353  
84  
 
Annual Report 2021  
Note  
DKK 1,000  
Group  
2021  
BankNordik  
2020  
2021  
2020  
15  
Tax  
Tax on profit for the year  
44,946  
26,215  
44,062  
23,180  
Total tax  
44,946  
26,215  
44,062  
23,180  
Tax on profit for the year  
Profit before tax  
238,302  
56,535  
-11,105  
-484  
129,366  
18,218  
7,997  
0
237,418  
55,287  
-10,742  
-484  
126,331  
15,127  
8,053  
0
Current tax charge  
Change in deferred tax  
Adjustment of prior-year tax charges  
Total  
44,946  
26,215  
44,062  
23,180  
Effective tax rate  
Faroese tax rate  
18.0%  
3.4%  
18.0%  
1.0%  
18.0%  
3.4%  
18.0%  
1.0%  
Deviation in foreign entities tax compared to Faroese tax rate  
Non-taxable income and non-deductible expenses  
Tax on profit for the year  
-2.3%  
19.1%  
-0.2%  
18.9%  
1.3%  
-2.6%  
18.8%  
-0.2%  
18.6%  
-0.7%  
18.3%  
0.0%  
20.3%  
0.0%  
Adjustment on prior-year tax charges  
Effective tax rate  
20.3%  
18.3%  
85  
 
Annual Report 2021  
Note  
16  
DKK 1,000  
Group  
2021  
BankNordik  
2020  
2021  
2020  
Discontinued operations  
On 22 December 2020 BankNordik entered into a contitional agreement w ith Spar  
Nord on the sale of BankNordik’s Danish activities. The sale has been approved by  
the Danish FSA and the Danish Competition and Consumer Authority, and the  
acquisition w as completed w ith 1 February 2021 as the takeover date.  
Interest income  
7,268  
2,067  
0
104,501  
10,588  
2,686  
7,268  
2,067  
0
104,501  
10,588  
2,686  
- of which interest income from deposits  
Interest expenses  
Net interest income  
7,268  
101,815  
7,268  
101,815  
Dividends fromshares and other investments  
Fee and commission income  
0
11,434  
627  
9,287  
145,376  
7,897  
0
11,434  
627  
9,287  
145,376  
7,897  
Fee and commissions paid  
Net dividend, fee and commission income  
Net interest and fee income  
10,807  
18,075  
146,767  
248,581  
10,807  
18,075  
146,767  
248,581  
Interest and fee income and income from insurance activities, net  
18,075  
248,581  
18,075  
248,581  
Market value adjustments  
0
173  
2,082  
1,272  
0
0
173  
2,082  
1,272  
0
Other operating income  
Proceeds fromsales of the Danish operations  
Staff costs and administrative expenses  
Amortisation, depreciation and impairment charges  
Other operating expenses  
255,000  
187,813  
528  
255,000  
187,813  
528  
170,522  
10,815  
804  
170,522  
10,815  
804  
63  
63  
Impairment charges on loans and advances etc.  
Profit before tax  
-16,415  
101,261  
-7,280  
77,075  
-16,415  
101,261  
-7,280  
77,075  
Tax  
22,277  
14,039  
22,277  
14,039  
Net profit  
78,983  
63,035  
78,983  
63,035  
Proceeds fromsales of the Danish operations relates to Goodw ill  
86  
 
Annual Report 2021  
Note  
DKK 1,000  
Assets  
Group  
2021  
BankNordik  
2020  
2021  
2020  
16  
(cont'd) Cash in hand and demand deposits w ith central banks  
Amounts due from credit institutions and central banks  
Loans and advances at amortised cost  
Assets under pooled schemes  
Intangible assets  
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
15,310  
52,800  
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
15,310  
52,800  
2,230,722  
800,402  
10,141  
2,230,722  
800,402  
10,141  
Total land and buildings  
59,386  
59,386  
Other property, plant and equipment  
Other assets  
6,544  
6,544  
15,537  
15,537  
Prepayments  
27,100  
27,100  
Total assets  
3,217,940  
3,217,940  
Liabilities other than provisions  
Amounts due to credit institutions and central banks  
Deposits and other debt  
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
338  
5,629,740  
800,402  
1,158  
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
338  
5,629,740  
800,402  
1,158  
Deposits under pooled schemes  
Current tax liabilities  
Other liabilities  
83,380  
83,380  
Deferred income  
1,154  
1,154  
Total liabilities other than provisions  
6,516,171  
6,516,171  
Provisions for liabilities  
Provisions for losses on guarantees etc  
Provisions for other liabilities  
0
0
0
2,556  
1,277  
3,833  
0
0
0
2,556  
1,277  
3,833  
Total provisions for liabilities  
Total liabilities  
0
6,520,004  
0
6,520,004  
Contingent liabilities  
The Group uses a variety of loan-related financial instruments to meet the financial  
requirements of its customers. These include loan offers and other credit facilities,  
guarantees and instruments thar are not recognised on the balance sheet.  
Guarantees  
Financial guarantees  
Mortgage finance guarantees  
Registration and remortgaging guarantees  
Other guarantees  
0
0
0
0
0
297,636  
546,131  
537,481  
53,158  
0
0
0
0
0
297,636  
546,131  
537,481  
53,158  
Total  
1,434,406  
1,434,406  
Cash flow statement  
Cash flow from operations  
Cash flow from investing activities  
Cash flow from financing activities  
Cash flow  
0
0
0
0
9,138  
4,199  
-5,556  
7,781  
0
0
0
0
9,138  
4,199  
-5,556  
7,781  
87  
 
Annual Report 2021  
Notes - BankNordik  
Group  
2021  
BankNordik  
2021  
Note  
DKK 1,000  
2020  
2020  
17  
Cash in hand and demand deposits with central banks  
Cash in hand  
Demand deposits w ith central banks  
Total  
65,471  
1,226,086  
1,291,557  
58,890  
149,120  
208,010  
65,447  
1,226,086  
1,291,534  
58,723  
149,120  
207,843  
18  
19  
Due from credit institutions and central banks specified by institution  
Credit instistutions  
Central banks  
Total  
445,411  
0
445,411  
377,256  
800,259  
1,177,515  
445,411  
0
445,411  
377,256  
800,259  
1,177,515  
Due from credit institutions and central banks specified by maturity  
On demand  
445,411  
377,256  
800,259  
0
445,411  
377,256  
800,259  
0
3 months and below  
Over 1 year to 5 years  
Total  
0
0
0
0
445,411  
1,177,515  
445,411  
1,177,515  
20  
Loans and advances specified by sectors  
Public authorities  
7%  
6%  
7%  
6%  
Corporate sector:  
Fisheries, agriculture, hunting and forestry  
Industry and raw material extraction  
Energy supply  
6%  
6%  
5%  
6%  
6%  
3%  
6%  
6%  
5%  
6%  
6%  
3%  
Building and construction  
Trade  
4%  
6%  
3%  
6%  
4%  
6%  
3%  
6%  
Transport, hotels and restaurants  
Information and communications  
Financing and insurance  
Real property  
6%  
0%  
1%  
11%  
2%  
6%  
0%  
2%  
11%  
3%  
6%  
0%  
1%  
11%  
2%  
6%  
0%  
2%  
11%  
3%  
Other industries  
Total corporate sector  
Retail customers  
Total  
48%  
46%  
100%  
46%  
47%  
100%  
48%  
46%  
100%  
46%  
47%  
100%  
Regarding discontinued operations. All customers are Retail customers.  
88  
 
Annual Report 2021  
Group  
2021  
BankNordik  
2021  
Note DKK 1,000  
21 Loans and advances specified by maturity  
2020  
2020  
Continuing operations  
On demand  
3 months and below  
3 months to 1 year  
Over 1 year to 5 years  
Over 5 years  
87,299  
281,704  
902,825  
2,761,237  
3,591,028  
7,624,093  
87,113  
281,106  
900,908  
2,755,372  
3,583,401  
7,607,901  
87,299  
281,704  
902,825  
2,761,237  
3,591,028  
7,624,093  
87,113  
281,106  
900,908  
2,755,372  
3,583,401  
7,607,901  
Total loans and advances  
Discontinued operations  
On demand  
3 months and below  
3 months to 1 year  
Over 1 year to 5 years  
Over 5 years  
0
0
0
0
0
0
25,543  
82,423  
264,156  
807,906  
1,050,693  
2,230,722  
0
0
0
0
0
0
25,543  
82,423  
264,156  
807,906  
1,050,693  
2,230,722  
Total loans and advances  
22  
Bonds at fair value  
Mortgage credit bonds  
Government bonds  
Other bonds  
939,807  
940,758  
0
3,136,305  
1,330,316  
6,000  
759,197  
924,320  
0
2,935,641  
1,313,878  
6,000  
Bonds at fair value  
1,880,565  
4,472,621  
1,683,517  
4,255,519  
All bonds form part of the Group's trading portfolio  
23  
24  
Shares etc.  
Shares/unit trust certificates listed on the Copenhagen Stock Exchange  
Shares/unit trust certificates listed on other stock exchanges  
Other shares at fair value  
60,518  
404  
190,501  
251,423  
55,676  
390  
253,378  
309,443  
60,518  
404  
190,501  
251,423  
55,676  
390  
253,378  
309,443  
Total shares etc.  
Assets under insurance contracts  
Non-life insurance  
Reinsurers' share of claims provisions  
Receivables from insurance contracts  
Total non-life insurance  
4,646  
4,185  
8,831  
8,831  
3,140  
6,416  
9,556  
9,556  
Maturity within 12 months  
89  
 
Annual Report 2021  
Notes - BankNordik  
Group  
2021  
BankNordik  
2021  
Note  
DKK 1,000  
2020  
2020  
25  
Holdings in associates  
Cost at 1 January  
8,845  
8,845  
8,845  
8,845  
Cost at 31 December  
8,845  
8,845  
8,845  
8,845  
Revaluations at 1 January  
Share of profit  
Revaluations at 31 December  
Carrying amount at 31 December  
-2,139  
1,116  
-1,023  
7,822  
-2,476  
337  
-2,139  
6,706  
-2,139  
1,116  
-1,023  
7,822  
-2,476  
337  
-2,139  
6,706  
The Groups  
share of  
equity  
Net  
Total  
Total  
liabilities  
40,120  
Holdings in associates 2021  
P/F Elektron  
Income  
53,778  
profit assets  
Total equity Ownership %  
3,251  
981  
62,903  
22,784  
34%  
7,822  
Holdings in associates 2020  
P/F Elektron  
49,145  
54,631  
35,098  
19,533  
34%  
6,706  
The information disclosed is extracted fromthe companies' most recent annual report (2020).  
Group  
BankNordik  
2021  
Note DKK 1,000  
26 Holdings in subsidiaries  
2021  
2020  
2020  
Cost at 1 January  
144,000  
144,000  
Cost at 31 December  
144,000  
144,000  
Revaluations at 1 January  
Share of profit  
Dividends  
Revaluations at 31 December  
Carrying amount at 31 December  
-914  
3,978  
48,000  
-44,936  
99,064  
-10,562  
13,948  
4,300  
-914  
143,086  
Shareholders'  
equity for the  
year  
Share capital  
end of year  
40,000  
Profit/loss for  
the year  
-1,692  
Holdings in subsidiaries 2021  
P/F Trygd  
Ownership %  
100%  
55,803  
P/F Skyn  
100%  
1,000  
7,522  
1,854  
P/F NordikLív  
100%  
30,000  
35,739  
3,816  
The information disclosed is extracted from the companies' annual reports 2021.  
Share capital  
end of year  
40,000  
equity for the  
year  
Profit/loss for  
the year  
10,236  
606  
Holdings in subsidiaries 2020  
P/F Trygd  
P/F Skyn  
Ownership %  
100%  
101,495  
6,668  
100%  
1,000  
P/F NordikLív  
100%  
30,000  
34,923  
3,106  
The information disclosed is extracted from the companies' annual reports 2020.  
Group  
BankNordik  
Note DKK 1,000  
27 Intangible assets  
2021  
2020  
2021  
2020  
Cost at 1 January  
Additions  
2,773  
465  
0
3,238  
-341  
212  
0
10,506  
3,268  
11,001  
2,773  
-549  
653  
861  
-341  
2,432  
2,773  
465  
0
3,238  
-341  
212  
0
10,506  
3,268  
11,001  
2,773  
-549  
653  
861  
-341  
2,432  
Reclassification to Assets in disposal groups classified as held for sale  
Cost at 31 December  
Depreciation and impairment charges at 1 January  
Depreciation charges during the year  
Reclassification to Assets in disposal groups classified as held for sale  
Fair value at 31 December  
-553  
2,684  
-553  
2,684  
Carrying amount at 31 December  
The depreciation period is 4 years.  
The additions to the intangible assets refer to acquired IT systems during the year.  
90  
 
Annual Report 2021  
Group  
2021  
BankNordik  
2021  
Note DKK 1,000  
28 Domicile property  
2020  
2020  
Cost at 1 January  
Additions  
Reclassification to held for sale  
78,255  
2,277  
0
106,900  
2,699  
921  
76,210  
2,277  
0
104,855  
2,699  
921  
Disposals  
2,402  
0
78,130  
0
2,402  
0
76,085  
0
Reclassification to Assets in disposal groups classified as held for sale  
Cost at 31 December  
30,424  
78,255  
30,424  
76,210  
Adjustments at 1 January  
Depreciation charges during the year  
Reversal of revaluations on disposals during the year  
Reclassification to Assets in disposal groups classified as held for sale  
Adjustments at 31 December  
-5,002  
627  
64  
0
-5,565  
72,565  
-2,476  
1,038  
18  
-1,507  
-5,002  
73,253  
-5,602  
599  
64  
0
-6,137  
69,948  
-3,104  
1,010  
18  
-1,507  
-5,602  
70,608  
Carrying amount at 31 December  
Lease assets  
Cost at 1 January  
79,403  
0
79,403  
114,551  
35,148  
79,403  
79,403  
0
79,403  
114,551  
35,148  
79,403  
Reclassification to Assets in disposal groups classified as held for sale  
Cost at 31 December  
Adjustments at 1 January  
Depreciation charges during the year  
Reclassification to Assets in disposal groups classified as held for sale  
Adjustments at 31 December  
Carrying amount at 31 December  
-7,968  
3,981  
0
-11,949  
67,454  
-6,416  
9,245  
7,693  
-7,968  
71,436  
-7,968  
3,981  
0
-11,949  
67,454  
-6,416  
9,245  
7,693  
-7,968  
71,436  
Total land and buildings  
Domicile property  
140,019  
144,688  
137,402  
142,043  
Tangible assets include domicile property of DKK 72m (2020: DKK 74m). Carrying amount at 31 December if the property had not been revalued  
is DKK 70m (2020: DKK 72m). The fair value is assessed by the group’s internal valuers at least once a year on 31th December on the basis of  
an income based approach. Valuations rely substantially on non-observable input, i.e. level 3 measures. Valuations are based on cash flow  
estimates and on the required rate of return calculated for each property that reflects the price at w hich the property can be exchanged  
betw een know ledgeable, w illing parties under current market conditions. The cash flow estimates are determined on the basis of the market  
rent for each property. The required rate of return on a property is determined on the basis of its location, type, possible uses, layout and  
condition. At the end of 2021, the fair value of domicile property w as DKK 78.2m (2020: DKK 114.8m). The required rate of return is ranged  
betw een 5.9%-9.0% (2020: 4.5-9.0%). The depreciation period is 50 years. A decrease in rental rates of DKK 100 pr m2 w ould reduce fair  
value at end-2021 by DKK 5.1m. An increase in the required rate of return of 1.0 percentage point, w ould reduce fair value at the end of 2021  
by DKK 10.7m.  
Leases  
Leasing agreements comprise the Bank’s domicile property, including the Bank’s headquarter in Tórshavn and branches in the Faroe Islands.  
The notice period for terminating the lease agreements ranges from three months to 15 years. The leasing agreement regarding the Bank’s  
headquarter includes an option for the lessee to extend the lease period by five years. Property w here the Bank holds short term leases but  
intends and has the option to extend the contract is included in the calculation of Bank’s leasing assets and obligations.  
Leasing liabilities amounting DKK 71.5m are recognised w ithin the balance sheet item Other liabilities. In the 2020 annual report the leasing  
liabilities w ere reported to be DKK 73.9m. The Group has included the option to extend the lease period of the headquarter w ith 5 years thus  
added DKK 17.0m to the leasing assets and leasing liabilities. Interests amounting DKK 2.2m due to leasing obligations are charged to the income  
statement as Interest expense. Depreciation of leasing assets amounting DKK 4.0m are recognised under the item Depreciation and impairment  
charges in the income statement. The annual payment in respect of the leasingliabilities is DKK 5.6m. The banks estimated borrow ing rate used  
in the caluculation of the leasing assets and leasing liabilities is 3%.  
91  
 
Annual Report 2021  
Group  
2021  
BankNordik  
2021  
Note DKK 1,000  
29 Other property, plant and equipment  
2020  
2020  
Cost at 1 January  
Additions  
Disposals  
33,684  
3,758  
399  
91,074  
1,792  
424  
26,853  
3,250  
0
84,873  
1,162  
424  
Reclassification to Assets in disposal groups classified as held for sale  
Cost at 31 December  
0
58,758  
33,684  
71,088  
7,299  
33  
52,214  
26,141  
7,543  
0
58,758  
26,853  
65,813  
6,848  
33  
52,214  
20,414  
6,439  
37,044  
26,141  
1,612  
246  
30,103  
20,414  
1,278  
0
Depreciation and impairment charges at 1 January  
Depreciation charges during the year  
Reversals of depreciation and impairment charges  
Reclassification to Assets in disposal groups classified as held for sale  
Depreciation and impairment charges at 31 December  
Carrying amount at 31 December  
0
0
27,507  
9,537  
21,692  
8,411  
The depreciation period is 3-10 years.  
Note DKK 1,000  
Group  
2021  
2020  
30  
Deferred tax  
Deferred tax assets  
Deferred tax liabilities  
Deferred tax, net  
8,207  
0
8,207  
1,013  
3,911  
-2,898  
Change in deferred tax  
2021  
Included in  
profit for  
the year  
Included in  
sharholders'  
equity  
At 1 Jan.  
At 31 Dec.  
Intangible assets  
Tangible assets  
Other  
-1,461  
-2,450  
1,013  
-2,898  
979  
1,387  
8,739  
-483  
-1,062  
9,752  
8,207  
0
0
0
Total  
11,105  
Adjustment of prior-year tax charges included in preceding item  
2020  
Intangible assets  
Tangible assets  
Other  
6,310  
-2,339  
1,036  
5,008  
-7,772  
-259  
-22  
-1,461  
-2,450  
1,013  
-2,898  
148  
Total  
-8,053  
148  
Adjustment of prior-year tax charges included in preceding item.  
DKK 1,000  
BankNordik  
2021  
2020  
Deferred tax  
Deferred tax assets  
Deferred tax liabilities  
Deferred tax, net  
7,648  
0
7,648  
1,030  
4,124  
-3,093  
Recognised in Recognised in  
Change in deferred tax  
2021  
profit for the  
year  
shareholders'  
At 1 Jan.  
equity At 31 Dec.  
Intangible assets  
Tangible assets  
Other  
-1,461  
-2,662  
1,030  
-3,093  
979  
1,360  
8,403  
-483  
-1,302  
9,433  
7,648  
0
0
Total  
10,742  
Adjustment of prior-year tax charges included in preceding item  
2020  
Intangible assets  
Tangible assets  
Other  
6,310  
-2,403  
1,053  
4,960  
-7,772  
-259  
-22  
-1,461  
-2,662  
1,030  
-3,093  
0
0
Total  
-8,053  
92  
 
Annual Report 2021  
Notes - BankNordik  
Note DKK 1,000  
Group  
2021  
BankNordik  
2021  
2020  
2020  
31  
Assets held for sale  
Total purchase price at 1 January  
Additions  
Reclassification fromdomicile properties  
Disposals  
Total purchase price at 31 December  
Impairment at 1 January  
Impairment charges for the year  
Reversal of impairment on disposals and w rite offs during the year  
Impairment at 31 December  
Total assets held for sale at 31 December  
4,466  
5,112  
3,564  
902  
5,112  
4,466  
3,612  
0
3,612  
0
4,466  
4,466  
5,112  
3,564  
902  
5,112  
4,466  
3,612  
0
3,612  
0
4,466  
0
0
0
0
4,466  
4,466  
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
Specification of assets held for sale  
Real property taken over in connection w ith non-performing loans  
Domicile property for sale  
0
0
0
3,564  
902  
4,466  
0
0
0
3,564  
902  
4,466  
Total  
The item"Assets held for sale" comprises assets taken over in connection w ith non-performing loans. Furthermore the Group has reclassified  
domicile property to this item.  
The Group's policy is to dispose off the assets as quickly as possible.  
Profit on the sale of real property and tangible assets taken over in connection w ith non-performing loansis recognised under the item"Other  
operating income". The Group's real estate agency is responsible for selling the real property.  
93  
 
Annual Report 2021  
Group  
2021  
BankNordik  
2020  
2021  
2020  
32  
Other assets  
Interest and commission due  
Derivatives w ith positive fair value  
Other amounts due  
Total  
28,959  
11,971  
39,094  
80,024  
38,055  
12,345  
18,790  
69,190  
27,832  
11,971  
37,259  
77,062  
36,743  
12,345  
18,209  
67,297  
33  
34  
Due to credit institutions and central banks  
specified by institution  
Due to central banks  
Due to credit institutions  
Total  
34,600  
804,008  
838,608  
27,350  
604  
27,954  
34,600  
804,008  
838,608  
27,350  
604  
27,954  
Due to credit institutions and central banks  
specified by maturity  
On demand  
Over 1 year to 5 years  
339,208  
200,000  
27,954  
0
339,208  
200,000  
27,954  
0
Over 5 years  
299,400  
0
299,400  
0
Total  
838,608  
27,954  
838,608  
27,954  
The amount for discontinued operations 2020 is DKK 0.3m on demand  
35  
36  
Deposits specified by type  
On demand  
At notice  
Time deposits  
Special deposits  
Total deposits  
7,137,891  
200,686  
105,717  
455,366  
7,899,659  
7,155,279  
4,972  
109,839  
463,317  
7,733,408  
7,140,559  
200,686  
105,717  
467,223  
7,914,185  
7,147,079  
4,972  
109,839  
493,834  
7,755,724  
Deposits specified by maturity  
Continuing operations  
On demand  
3 months and below  
3 months to 1 year  
Over 1 year to 5 years  
Over 5 years  
7,259,269  
85,226  
204,904  
39,941  
310,320  
7,899,659  
7,457,665  
46,030  
5,842  
26,342  
197,530  
7,733,408  
7,273,794  
85,226  
204,904  
39,941  
310,320  
7,914,185  
7,479,981  
46,030  
5,842  
26,342  
197,530  
7,755,724  
Total deposits  
Discontinued operations  
On demand  
3 months and below  
3 months to 1 year  
Over 1 year to 5 years  
Over 5 years  
0
0
0
0
0
0
5,429,583  
33,412  
4,240  
19,121  
143,383  
5,629,740  
0
0
0
0
0
0
5,429,583  
33,412  
4,240  
19,121  
143,383  
5,629,740  
Total deposits  
37  
Liabilities under insurance contracts  
Non-life insurance  
Provisions for unearned premiums  
Claims provisions  
Total  
48,410  
63,944  
112,353  
44,369  
50,327  
94,696  
Life insurance  
Life insurance provisions  
Total provisions for insurance contracts  
Total  
5,851  
5,851  
118,205  
3,535  
3,535  
98,231  
38  
Other liabilities  
Sundry creditors  
31,152  
17,213  
39,645  
24,592  
71,455  
4,114  
28,368  
8,138  
25,721  
17,213  
39,645  
21,889  
71,455  
4,114  
18,854  
7,597  
Accrued interest and commission  
Derivatives w ith negative value  
Accrued staff expenses  
Lease liabilities  
Other obligations  
Total  
62,961  
21,989  
73,852  
10,688  
205,995  
62,961  
21,313  
73,852  
10,688  
195,264  
188,170  
180,036  
94  
 
Annual Report 2021  
Notes - BankNordik  
Note DKK 1,000  
39  
Issued bonds  
Interest  
rate  
Currency  
Principal  
Issued  
Maturity  
2021  
2020  
Issued bond DK0030492137  
Issued bond DK0030490271  
At 31 December  
DKK  
DKK  
200,000 0.300%  
150,000 2.345%  
350,000  
2021  
2021  
2023  
2026  
199,922  
149,016  
348,938  
0
0
0
40  
Additional Tier 1 capital  
Interest Year of  
Step-up Redemptio  
Currency Borrower  
Principal  
rate  
issue  
Maturity  
clause  
n price  
2021  
2020  
Additional Tier 1 capital  
DKK  
P/F BankNord 150,000  
4.500%  
2019  
Perpetual  
Yes  
100  
151,117  
150,909  
At 31 December  
150,000  
151,117  
150,909  
Interest rate:  
Principal (not hedged)  
Until 30.9.2024  
From 1.10.2024  
Additional Tier 1 capital  
150m  
4.500%  
CIBOR 3M + 4,812%  
Perpetual Additional Tier 1 Capital issued w ith no contractual obligation to pay interest or repay the principal amount does not meet the conditions for a financial liability under IAS  
32. The issue is therefore equity-accounted and the net amount of the issue has been recognised as an increase in equity. Likew ise, interest payments are accounted for as  
dividend payments to be recognised in the Group’s equity at the moment the liability arises. Upon redemption of the notes, the Group’s equity w ill be reduced by the redeemed  
amount. The issue and redemption price for the sale and purchase of AT1 capital under CRR have similar impact on the equity balance as the holding of ow n shares.  
The Notes are perpetual and the coupon is fixed at 4.500%, paid annually until 30 September 2024 (first call date) based on the 5-year Danish sw ap rate plus the margin of  
4.812%. If the Notes are not redeemed on 30 September 2024, the interest rate w ill be reset based on the prevailing 3-months floating CIBOR rate plus the margin of 4.812%,  
paid quarterly.  
41  
Subordinated capital  
Interest Year of  
Step-up Redemptio  
Currency Borrower  
Principal  
rate  
issue  
Maturity  
clause  
n price  
2021  
2020  
Subordinated capital  
DKK  
P/F BankNord 100,000  
2.970%  
2021  
24-06-2031  
No  
100  
99,370  
224,695  
At 31 December  
100,000  
99,370  
224,695  
Interest rate:  
Principal (not hedged)  
Until 26.6.2026  
From 27.6.2026  
Subordinated capital  
100m  
2.970%  
CIBOR 3M + 2,97%  
Subordinated capital is included in the capital base in accordance w ith section 128 of the Faroese Financial Business Act and applicable executive orders.  
The subordinated capital can not be converted into share capital. Early redemption of subordinated debt must be approved by the Danish FSA. In the event of BankNordiks  
voluntary or compulsory w inding-up, this liability w ill not be repaid until claims of ordinary creditors have been met. Subordinated debt is valued at amortised cost.  
95  
 
Annual Report 2021  
Notes - BankNordik  
Note DKK 1,000  
2021  
2020  
42 BankNordik Shares  
Net profit  
272,340  
9,571  
9,571  
28.5  
166,186  
9,546  
9,546  
17.4  
Average number of shares outstanding  
Average number of shares outstanding, including shares diluted  
Earnings per share, DKK  
Diluted net profit for the period per share, DKK  
28.5  
17.4  
The share capital is made up of shares of a nominal value of DKK 20 each. All shares carry the same rights. Thus  
there is only one class of shares.  
Average number of shares outstanding:  
Issued shares at 1 January, numbers in 1,000  
Reduction of share capital  
9,600  
0
9,600  
0
Issued shares at end of period  
9,600  
9,571  
29  
9,600  
9,546  
54  
Shares outstanding at end of period  
Group's average holding of ow n shares during the period  
Average shares outstanding  
9,571  
9,546  
Number  
Number  
2020  
Value  
2021  
Value  
2020  
Holding of ow n shares  
2021  
Investment portfolio  
Trading portfolio  
Total  
26,289  
0
27,245  
3,923  
3,694  
0
4,141  
596  
26,289  
31,168  
3,694  
4,738  
Investment  
Trading  
Total  
2021  
4,738  
0
Total  
2020  
7,547  
0
portfolio  
4,141  
0
portfolio  
Holding at 1 January  
596  
0
Acquisition of ow n shares  
Reduction of ow n shares  
Sale of ow n shares  
0
0
0
0
596  
596  
596  
596  
1,193  
149  
2,460  
-349  
4,738  
Value adjustment  
-448  
3,694  
Holding at 31 December  
3,694  
96  
 
Annual Report 2021  
Notes - BankNordik Group  
Group  
2021  
BankNordik  
2021  
Note DKK 1,000  
2020  
2020  
43  
Contingent liabilities  
The Group uses a variety of loan-related financial instruments to meet the  
financial requirements of its customers. These include loan offers and other  
credit facilities, guarantees and instruments that are not recognised on the  
balance sheet.  
Guarantees  
Financial guarantees  
222,079  
585,483  
158,330  
649,855  
1,615,746  
285,623  
676,508  
241,742  
271,696  
1,475,570  
222,079  
585,483  
158,330  
649,855  
1,615,746  
285,623  
676,508  
241,742  
271,696  
1,475,570  
Mortgage finance guarantees  
Registration and remortgaging guarantees  
Other guarantees  
Total guarantees  
In addition, the Group has granted credit facilities related to credit cards and overdraft facilities that can be terminated at short notice. At the end  
of 2021, such unused credit facilities amounted to DKK 2.0bn (2020: DKK 3.3bn). Furthermore the Group has granted irrevocable loan  
commitments amounting to DKK 89m (2020: DKK 9.7m).  
If the group desides to terminte the agreement with the banks main IT provider SDC, the group is obliged to pay DKK 128m i. e. the estimated  
next 4-years payment to SDC for IT-services.  
44  
Assets deposited as collateral  
At the end of 2021 the Group had deposited bonds at a total market value of DKK 35m (2020: DKK 27m) with Danmarks Nationalbank (the  
Danish Central Bank) primarily in connection with cash deposits.  
At the end of 2021 the Group had deposited bonds and cash at a total market value of DKK 75m (2020: DKK 67m) in connection with negative  
market value of derivatives.  
Note DKK 1,000  
45 Related parties  
Parties with  
significant influence  
Associated  
undertakings  
2021  
Board of  
Directors  
2021  
Excecutive Board  
DKK 1.000  
2021  
2020  
2020  
2020  
2021  
2020  
Assets  
Loans  
Total  
2,000  
2,000  
11,928  
11,928  
2,319  
2,319  
601  
601  
52  
52  
684  
684  
Liabilities  
Deposits  
Total  
5,935  
5,935  
44,081  
44,081  
63,295  
63,295  
1,761  
1,761  
2,431  
2,431  
231  
231  
2,090  
2,090  
Off-balance sheet items  
Guarantees issued  
388  
Guarantees and collateral received  
847  
965  
Income Statement  
Interest income  
Interest expense  
Fee income  
0
30  
1
0
622  
0
696  
461  
34  
1
63  
1
12  
4
4
0
1
5
4
18  
6
7
Total  
-29  
622  
268  
65  
12  
19  
Related parties w ith significant influence are shareholders w ith holdings exceeding 20% of P/F BankNordiks share capital. The Faroese Government is the only shareholder w ith  
significant influence (35%).  
In 2021 interest rates on credit facilities granted to associated undertakings w ere betw een 4.60%-14.5% (2020: 4.6%-14.5%).  
The Board of Directors and Executive Board columns list the personal facilities, deposits, etc., held by members of the Board of Directors and the Executive Board and their deposits,  
etc., held by members of the Board of Directors and the Executive Board and their dependants and facilities w ith businesses in w hich these parties have a controlling or significant  
interest.  
In 2021 interest rates on credit facilities granted to members of the Board of Directors and the Executive Board w ere betw een 1.00%-14.5% (2020: 1.00%-14.5%). Note 11 specifies the  
remuneration and note 46 specifies shareholdings of the management.  
P/F BankNordik acts as the bank of a number of its related parties. Payment services, trading in securities and other instruments, investment and placement of surplus liquidity,  
endow ment policies and provision of short-termand long-termfinancing are the primary services provided by the Bank.  
Shares in P/F BankNordik may be registered by name. The management's report lists related parties' holdings of BankNordik shares (5% or more of BankNordiks share capital) on the  
basis of the most recent reporting of holdingt to the Bank.  
Transactions w ith related parties are settled on an arm's-length basis and recognised in the financial statements according to the same accouting policy as for similar transactions w ith  
unrelated parties.  
97  
 
Annual Report 2021  
Notes - BankNordik  
Note BankNordik shares held by the Board of Directors and the Executive Board  
46  
DKK 1,000  
Holdings of the Board of Directors and the Executive Board  
Beginning of 2021  
Additions  
Disposals  
End of 2021  
Board of directors  
Jóhanna Lava Køtlum  
Sverre Bjerkeli  
0
0
0
0
Michael Ahm  
0
0
Ben Arabo  
1,000  
32  
2,419  
200  
1,184  
1,000  
21  
1,418  
0
Jógvan Jespersen  
Kenneth M. Samuelsen  
Alexandur Johansen  
Rúna Hentze  
11  
1001  
200  
391  
793  
Total  
5,361  
3,232  
Executive Board  
Árni Ellefsen  
Total  
11,996  
11,996  
1,190  
1,190  
13,186  
13,186  
DKK 1,000  
47  
Financial instruments at fair value  
The fair value is the amount for w hich a financial asset can be exchanged betw een know ledgeable, w illing and independent parties. If an active market exists, the Group uses a  
quoted price. If a financial instrument is quoted in a market that is not active, the Group bases its valuation on the most recent transaction price. Adjustment is made for subsequent  
changes in market conditions, for instance, by including transactions in similar financial instruments that are assumed to be motivated by normal business considerations. For a  
number of financial assets and liabilities, no market exists. In such cases, the Group uses recent transactions in similar instruments and discounted cash flow s or other generally  
accepted estimation and valuation techniques based on market conditions at the balance sheet date to calculate an estimated value.  
Unlisted shares recognised at fair value comprises unlisted shares w ho are not included in the Group’s trading portfolio. Unlisted shares, other than Sector shares, are recognised  
at fair value and are measured in accordance w ith shareholders agreements and using generally accepted estimations and valuation techniques. The valuation of unlisted shares is  
based substantially on non-observable input. Sector chares are recogniced at fair value using price-fixing-agreements according to the articles of association.  
2021  
Quoted Observable Non-observable  
Financial assets and liabilities at fair value  
prices  
input  
input  
Total  
Financial assets held for trading  
Bonds at fair value  
1,880,565  
60,922  
1,880,565  
60,922  
Shares, etc.  
Derivatives w ith positive fair value  
Total  
11,971  
11,971  
11,971  
1,953,457  
1,941,487  
1,941,487  
Financial assets designated at fair value  
Loans and advances at fair value  
Shares, etc.  
Total  
415,170  
1,347  
416,517  
415,170  
189,356  
604,526  
188,009  
188,009  
Finansial assets at fair value  
199,980  
416,517  
2,557,984  
Financial liabilities held for trading  
Derivatives w ith negative fair value  
Total  
39,645  
39,645  
39,645  
39,645  
2020  
Quoted Observable Non-observable  
Financial assets and liabilities at fair value  
prices  
input  
input  
Total  
Financial assets held for trading  
Bonds at fair value  
Shares, etc.  
4,472,621  
56,065  
4,472,621  
56,065  
Derivatives w ith positive fair value  
12,345  
12,345  
Total  
4,528,687  
12,345  
4,541,032  
Financial assets designated at fair value  
Loans and advances at fair value  
Shares, etc.  
473,357  
1,347  
473,357  
242,572  
241,225  
241,225  
253,570  
Total  
474,704  
474,704  
715,930  
Finansial assets at fair value  
4,528,687  
5,256,961  
Financial liabilities held for trading  
Derivatives w ith negative fair value  
Total  
62,961  
62,961  
62,961  
62,961  
98  
 
Annual Report 2021  
Financial instruments valued on the basis of quoted prices in an active market are recognised in the Quoted prices category. Financial instruments valued substantially on the basis  
of other observable input are recognised in the Observable input category. The category covers derivatives valued on the basis of observable yield curves or exchange rates.  
Furthermore the category covers sector shares with price-fixing-agreements according to the articles of association. Other financial assets are recognised in the Non-observable  
input. This category covers unlisted shares, loans and advances at fair value and domicile property (se note 29 for further information on Domicile property).  
Note  
47  
(cont'd) At 31 December 2021 financial assets valued on the basis of non-observable input comprised unlisted shares and loans and advances of DKK 416.5m (2020: DKK 474.7m). In  
2021, the Group recognised unrealised value adjustments of unlisted shares and loans and advances valued on the basis of non-observable input in the amount of DKK 12.3m  
(2020: DKK 25.8m) and realised value adjustments of DKK 0.0m (2020: DKK 0.0m). Unlisted shares had a value adjustment of DKK 0.0m (2020: DKK 0.0m). A 10% increase or  
decrease in fair value of unlisted shares and loans and advances would amount to DKK 41.6m (2020: DKK 47.4m).  
2021  
2020  
Financial instruments at fair value valued on the basis of non-observable input  
Fair value at 1 January  
474,704  
-6,113  
511,211  
25,844  
Value adjustments through profit or loss  
Acquisitions  
Disposals  
0
52,074  
0
62,351  
Fair value at 31 December  
416,517  
474,704  
Value adjustments of unlisted shares and loans and advances at fair value are recognised under the item "Market value adjustments" in the income statement.  
Financial instruments at amortised cost  
The vast majority of amounts due to the Group, loans, advances, and deposits may not be assigned without the consent of customers, and an active market does not exist for such  
financial instruments. Consequently, the Group bases its fair value estimates on data showing changes in market conditions after the initial recognition of the individual instruments,  
and thus affecting the price that would have been fixed if the terms had been agreed at the balance sheet data. Other people may make other estimates. The Group discloses  
information about the fair value of financial instruments at amortised cost on the basis of the following assumtions:  
* for many of the Group’s deposits and loans, the interest rate is linked to developments in the market interest rate  
* the fair value assessment of loans is assessed based on an informed estimate that the Bank in general regulates the loan terms in accordance with the prevailing market  
conditions  
* the recognised impairment charges are expected to correspond to the day-to-day regulation of the specific credit risk, based on an estimation of the Bank’s total individual and  
collective impairment charges  
* the fair value assessment of fixed interest deposits is booked on the basis of the market interest rate on the balance sheet day  
* the subordinated equity of the Bank is not listed and is recognised at amortised cost, because there is no real market for this product.  
Financial instruments at amortised cost  
Carrying  
amount Fair value  
Carrying  
amount  
2020  
Fair value  
2020  
2021  
2021  
Financial assets  
Cash in hand and demand deposits with central banks  
Due from credit institutions and central banks  
Loans and advances at amortised cost  
Assets under insurance contracts  
Total  
1,291,557 1,291,557  
445,411 445,411  
7,208,922 7,208,922  
8,831 8,831  
8,954,722 8,954,722  
208,010  
1,177,515  
7,134,544  
9,556  
208,010  
1,177,515  
7,134,544  
9,556  
8,529,625  
8,529,625  
Financial liabilities  
Due to credit institutions and central banks  
Deposits and other debt  
Issued bonds at amortised cost  
Liabilities under insurance contracts  
Subordinated debt  
838,608  
7,899,659 7,899,659  
348,938  
118,205  
99,370  
838,608  
27,954  
7,733,408  
0
98,231  
224,695  
8,084,288  
27,954  
7,733,408  
0
98,231  
224,695  
8,084,288  
348,938  
118,205  
99,370  
Total  
9,304,780 9,304,780  
Loans and advances at amortised cost are measured at non-observable input, i.e. level 3 measures. The remaining items are measured at nom. value  
Discontinued operations  
Carrying  
amount Fair value  
Carrying  
amount  
2020  
Fair value  
2020  
2021  
2021  
Financial assets  
Cash in hand and demand deposits with central banks  
Due from credit institutions and central banks  
Loans and advances at amortised cost  
Total  
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
15,310  
52,800  
2,230,722  
2,298,831  
15,310  
52,800  
2,230,722  
2,298,831  
Financial liabilities  
Due to credit institutions and central banks  
Deposits and other debt  
Deposits under pooled schemes  
Total  
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
338  
5,629,740  
800,402  
338  
5,629,740  
800,402  
6,430,479  
6,430,479  
DKK 1,000  
Functional  
currency  
Shareholders'  
equity  
Share  
capital %  
48 Group holdings and undertakings  
P/F BankNordik  
Share capital  
Net profit  
192,000  
DKK  
272,340  
2,035,853  
100%  
Insurance companies  
P/F Trygd  
P/F NordikLív  
40,000  
30,000  
DKK  
DKK  
-1,692  
3,816  
55,803  
35,739  
100%  
100%  
Real estate agency  
P/F Skyn  
1,000  
DKK  
1,854  
7,522  
100%  
99  
 
Annual Report 2021  
Note DKK 1.000  
2021  
2020  
Non-life  
Life  
Total  
Non-life  
Life  
Total  
49  
Reconciliations of changes in insurance liabilities  
Unearned premium provisions  
48,410  
63,944  
0
48,410  
69,795  
44,369  
50,299  
94,668  
0
3,563  
3,563  
44,369  
53,862  
98,231  
Outstanding claims provisions  
5,851  
Liabilities under insurance contracts, year-end  
112,353  
5,851  
118,205  
Unearned premium provisions  
Beginning of year  
44,369  
144,711  
-140,671  
48,410  
0
17,012  
-17,012  
0
44,369  
161,723  
-157,682  
48,410  
41,414  
135,817  
-132,862  
44,369  
0
15,372  
-15,372  
0
41,414  
151,189  
-148,234  
44,369  
Premiums received  
Premiums recognised as income  
Unearned premium provisions, year-end  
Outstanding claims provisions  
Beginning of year  
50,299  
3,563  
53,862  
47,840  
3,668  
51,507  
Change of accounting policies, previous years  
Claims paid regarding current year  
Claims paid regarding previous years  
Change in claims regarding current year  
Change in claims regarding previous years  
Outstanding claims provisions, year-end  
-50,623  
-33,165  
43,010  
54,423  
63,944  
-4,673  
-100  
7,061  
0
-55,296  
-33,265  
50,071  
54,423  
69,795  
-54,825  
-23,544  
29,106  
51,722  
50,299  
-6,050  
-100  
6,046  
0
-60,875  
-23,644  
35,152  
51,722  
53,862  
5,851  
3,563  
2021  
2020  
Life  
Non-life  
Life  
Total  
Non-life  
Total  
Reconciliations of changes in insurance assets  
Reinsurers' share of premium provisions  
0
3,997  
4,834  
8,831  
0
0
0
0
0
3,997  
4,834  
8,831  
0
2,554  
7,002  
9,556  
0
0
0
0
0
2,554  
7,002  
9,556  
Reinsurers' share of claims provisions  
Receivables from insurance contracts and reinsurers  
Reinsurers' share of insurance contracts, year-end  
Reinsurers' share of premium provisions  
Beginning of year  
0
-15,426  
15,426  
0
0
-514  
514  
0
0
-15,940  
15,940  
0
0
-12,663  
12,663  
0
0
-514  
514  
0
0
-13,177  
13,177  
0
Premiums ceded  
Payments to reinsurers  
Reinsurers' share of premium provisions, year-end  
Reinsurers' share of claims provisions  
Beginning of year  
2,554  
4,396  
-2,953  
3,997  
0
0
0
0
2,554  
4,396  
-2,953  
3,997  
2,266  
5,067  
-4,780  
2,554  
0
0
0
0
2,266  
5,067  
-4,780  
2,554  
Claims ceded  
Payments received from reinsurers  
Reinsurers' share of claims provisions, year-end  
100  
 
Annual Report 2021  
Note 50  
capital largely corresponds to the carrying amount of  
shareholders’ equity less proposed dividends, deferred  
tax assets etc. The solvency presentation in the section  
Statement of Capital in P/F BankNordik shows the  
difference between the carrying amount of shareholders’  
equity and the core capital. Note 40 and note 41 to the  
financial statements show P/F BankNordik’s hybrid core  
capital and subordinated debt. At year-end 2020, the  
Bank’s CET 1 capital, Core capital and Total capital  
ratios were 22.6%, 24.1% and 26.4%, respectively. At  
the end of 2020, the Bank’s CET 1 capital, Core capital  
and Total capital ratio were 23,8%, 26,0% and 27,5%,  
respectively.  
Risk Management  
The BankNordik Group is exposed to a number of risks,  
which it manages at different organizational levels. The  
categories of risks are as follows:  
•
•
•
Credit risk: Risk of loss as  
a
result of  
counterparties failing to meet their payment  
obligations to the Group  
Market risk: Risk of loss as a result of changes in  
the fair value of the Group’s assets or liabilities due  
to changes in market conditions  
Liquidity risk: Risk of loss as a result of a  
disproportionate increase in financing costs, the  
Group possibly being prevented from entering into  
ventures due to a lack of financing or in extreme  
cases being unable to pay its dues as a result of a  
lack of financing  
Credit risk  
The comments made in the following sections is made to  
the tables presenting figures and information related to  
the continued operations, while figures and information  
related to the discontinued operations are shown in table  
9.  
The Group’s credit exposure consists of selected on and  
off-balance sheet items, including loans and advances,  
credits, unused credits and guarantees. The figures  
below are before deduction of impairments. Specification  
of impairments is shown in table 9 and 10.  
•
•
Operational risk: Risk of loss as a result of  
inadequate or faulty internal procedures, human  
errors or system errors, or because of external  
events, including legal risks  
Insurance risk: All types of risk in the non-life  
insurance company Trygd and the life insurance  
company NordikLív, including market risk, life  
insurance risk, business risk and operational risk  
Credit exposure in relation to lending activities includes  
items with credit risk that form part of the core banking  
operations.  
Exposure in relation to trading and investment activities  
includes items with credit risk that form part of the Bank’s  
trading-related activities, including derivatives. For  
details see the section “Market risk”.  
The Risk Management Report 2021 contains further  
information about the Group’s approach to risk  
management.  
Capital Management  
The Group extends credit on the basis of each individual  
customer’s financial position, which is reviewed regularly  
to assess whether the basis for granting credit have  
changed. Each facility must reasonably match the  
customer’s credit quality and financial position.  
Furthermore, the customer must be able to demonstrate,  
with all probability, his/her ability to repay the debt. The  
Group exercises prudence when granting credit facilities  
to businesses and individuals when there is an indication  
that it will be practically difficult for the Group to maintain  
contact with the customer. The Group is particularly  
careful when granting credit to businesses in troubled or  
cyclical industries.  
P/F BankNordik is a licensed financial services provider  
and must therefore comply with the capital requirements  
of the Faroese Financial Business Act. Faroese as well  
as Danish capital adequacy rules are based on the CRD  
IV requirements stipulated in the regulation (EU) No  
575/2013 of the European parliament and of the Council  
of 26 June 2013.  
The capital adequacy rules call for a minimum capital  
level of 8% of risk-weighted assets plus any additional  
capital needed. Detailed rules regulate the calculation of  
capital and risk-weighted assets. Capital comprises core  
capital, hybrid core capital and subordinated debt. Core  
101  
 
Annual Report 2021  
Table 1  
Risk exposure concentrations  
2021  
DKKm  
2020  
Continuing operations  
Public authorities  
In %  
DKKm  
In %  
780  
6.7%  
860  
7.2%  
Corporate sector:  
Agriculture and farming, others  
Aquaculture  
91  
130  
0.8%  
1.1%  
80  
139  
0.7%  
1.2%  
Fisheries  
1,010  
298  
8.6%  
1,048  
334  
8.8%  
Manufacturing industries, etc.  
Energy and utilities  
2.5%  
2.8%  
478  
4.1%  
383  
3.2%  
Building and construction, etc  
Trade  
947  
8.1%  
998  
8.4%  
652  
5.6%  
765  
6.4%  
Transport, mail and telecommunications  
Hotels and restaurants  
Information and communication  
Property administration, etc.  
Financing and insurance  
Other industries  
466  
4.0%  
602  
5.1%  
227  
1.9%  
59  
0.5%  
24  
0.2%  
32  
0.3%  
1,263  
68  
10.8%  
0.6%  
1,233  
136  
10.3%  
1.1%  
448  
3.8%  
308  
2.6%  
Total corporate sector  
Personal customers  
6,102  
4,817  
11,699  
1,891  
13,591  
52.2%  
41.2%  
100.0%  
6,118  
4,941  
11,918  
1,829  
13,748  
51.3%  
41.5%  
100.0%  
Total  
Credit institutions and central banks  
Total incl. credit institutions and central banks  
Table 2  
Risk exposure concentrations  
2020  
Discontinued operations  
Public authorities  
DKKm  
In %  
-
0.0%  
Corporate sector:  
Agriculture and farming, others  
Aquaculture  
3
0
0.1%  
0.0%  
0.0%  
0.0%  
0.0%  
0.2%  
0.2%  
0.0%  
0.0%  
0.2%  
0.3%  
0.3%  
0.8%  
2.3%  
97.7%  
100.0%  
Fisheries  
0
Manufacturing industries, etc.  
Energy and utilities  
1
0
Building and construction, etc  
Trade  
8
10  
Transport, mail and telecommunications  
Hotels and restaurants  
Information and communication  
Property administration, etc.  
Financing and insurance  
Other industries  
2
1
12  
16  
16  
39  
Total corporate sector  
Personal customers  
108  
4,588  
4,696  
53  
Total  
Credit institutions and central banks  
Total incl. credit institutions and central banks  
4,749  
102  
 
Annual Report 2021  
Table 3  
Credit exposure by geographical area  
(DKKm)  
2021  
2020  
Loans /  
Credits  
Unused  
credits  
Loans /  
Credits  
Unused  
credits  
Continuing operations  
Faroe Islands  
Denmark  
Exposures  
in%  
Guarantees  
1,012  
13  
Exposures  
9,374  
in%  
79%  
1%  
Guarantees  
736  
9,002 77%  
6,793  
33  
1,131  
5
6,824  
115  
1,754  
30  
51  
0%  
181  
37  
Greenland  
2,646 23%  
1,069  
7,895  
512  
1,065  
2,201  
2,364  
20%  
100%  
971  
627  
766  
Total  
11,699 100%  
1,537  
11,918  
7,910  
1,401  
2,549  
Discontinued operations  
Denmark  
4,696  
100%  
2,387  
1,437  
857  
Total  
4,696  
100%  
2,387  
1,437  
857  
Credit exposure  
criteria are classified in this exercise. The classification  
is also used as a means of determining the Bank’s  
solvency requirement. The classification categories are  
as follows:  
The credit exposure generated by lending activities  
comprises items subject to credit risk that form part of the  
Group’s core banking business. Credit exposures  
include loans and advances, unused credits and  
guarantees. The credit exposure generated by trading  
and investment activities comprises items subject to  
credit risk that form part of the Group’s trading activities,  
including derivatives. The following tables list separate  
information for each of the two portfolios.  
•
•
•
•
3 and 2a — Portfolio without weakness  
2b15 and 2b30 - Portfolio with some weakness  
2c — Portfolio with significant weakness  
1 — Portfolio with impairment/provision (OEI)  
As shown in table 4, app. 99% of total exposures are  
individually classified.  
Credit exposure relating to lending activities  
Table 1 breaks down the Group’s credit exposure in its  
core banking activities by asset class. Exposures include  
loans and advances, credits, unused credits and  
guarantees.  
For further information on impaired portfolios, see table  
9.  
Concentration risk  
In its credit risk management, the Group identifies  
concentration ratios that may pose a risk to its credit  
portfolio.  
Exposures in fisheries were DKK 1.010m. This  
represents 8.6% of total exposures. Property  
administration DKK 1.263m representing by 10.8% of  
total exposures and DKK 130m was related to the  
aquaculture industry. This represents 1,1% of total  
exposures. No single industry except property  
administration exceeded 10% of total exposures.  
Under section 145 of the Faroese Financial Business  
Act, and according to CRR, exposure to a single  
customer or  
a group of related customers, after  
deduction of particularly secure claims, may not exceed  
25% of the Total capital. The Group submits quarterly  
reports to the Danish FSA on its compliance with these  
rules. In 2021, none of the Group’s exposures exceeded  
these limits.  
Credit exposure broken down by geographical area  
The Bank’s loans are mainly granted to domestic  
customers in the Faroe Islands and Greenland and to a  
minor extent domestic customers in Denmark. Table 3  
provides a geographical breakdown of total exposures.  
The Group’s overall target is for no industry to make up  
more than 10% of the Group’s total exposure, see table  
1, except for the industry group “Trade” which may be up  
15%. In addition, the Group’s long-term target is for no  
single exposure (on a Group basis) to make up more  
than 10% of the Group’s Total capital. In special cases,  
exposures may be above 10%, but only for customers of  
a high credit quality, and where the Group has accepted  
collateral. The Group has six customers with exposures  
exceeding 10% of the total capital all classified 3 or 2a5  
exept for one classified 2b15.  
Classification of customers  
The Group monitors exposures regularly to identify signs  
of weakness in customer earnings and liquidity as early  
as possible. The processes of assigning and updating  
classifications on the basis of new information about  
customers form part of the Group’s credit procedures.  
The classification of customers is performed in  
connection with the quarterly impairment testing of the  
loan portfolio. All customers that meet a few objective  
103  
 
Annual Report 2021  
Table 4  
Quality of loan portfolio excl. financial institutions 2021  
> 7.5m  
4,040  
1,517  
203  
< 7.5m  
1,433  
3,841  
93  
Total  
5,473  
5,358  
295  
Portfolio without weakness (3, 2a)  
Portfolio with some weakness (2b)  
Exposure in DKKm  
Exposure in DKKm  
Exposure in DKKm  
Unsecured  
Portfolio with significant weakness (2c)  
35  
16  
51  
Exposure in DKKm  
Unsecured  
210  
220  
81  
431  
Portfolio with OEI  
103  
183  
Impairments/provisions  
Exposure in DKKm  
Exposure in DKKm  
70  
65  
135  
Portfolio without individual classification  
109  
34  
142  
Total  
6,079  
5,621  
11,699  
Quality of loan portfolio excl. financial institutions 2020  
Continuing operations  
> 7.5m  
4,139  
1,752  
206  
< 7.5m  
1,365  
3,737  
117  
Total  
5,504  
5,488  
324  
Portfolio without weakness (3, 2a)  
Portfolio with some weakness (2b)  
Exposure in DKKm  
Exposure in DKKm  
Exposure in DKKm  
Unsecured  
Portfolio with significant weakness (2c)  
39  
22  
61  
Exposure in DKKm  
Unsecured  
211  
286  
496  
Portfolio with OEI  
109  
128  
236  
Impairments/provisions  
Exposure in DKKm  
Exposure in DKKm  
91  
123  
214  
Portfolio without individual classification  
55  
51  
106  
Total  
6,363  
5,556  
11,918  
Quality of loan portfolio excl. financial institutions 2020  
Discontinued operations  
> 7.5m  
< 7.5m  
1,777  
2,519  
74  
Total  
1,810  
2,564  
74  
Portfolio without weakness (3, 2a)  
Portfolio with some weakness (2b)  
Exposure in DKKm  
Exposure in DKKm  
Exposure in DKKm  
Unsecured  
33  
45  
0
Portfolio with significant weakness (2c)  
0
24  
24  
Exposure in DKKm  
Unsecured  
0
202  
202  
109  
105  
45  
0
109  
Impairments/provisions  
Exposure in DKKm  
Exposure in DKKm  
0
105  
Portfolio without individual classification  
0
45  
Total  
78  
4,618  
4,696  
Collateral  
The Group regularly assesses the value of collateral  
provided in terms of risk management. It calculates the  
value as the price that would be obtained in a forced sale  
less deductions reflecting selling costs and the period  
during which the asset will be up for sale. To allow for the  
uncertainty associated with calculating the value of  
collateral received, the Group reduces such value by way  
of haircuts. For real estate for residential purposes,  
haircuts reflect the expected costs of a forced sale and a  
margin of safety. This haircut is 20% of the expected  
market value. As a general rule, collateral for loans to  
public authorities is not calculated if there is no mortgage  
in real estate. For unlisted securities, third-party  
guarantees (exclusive of guarantees from public  
authorities and banks) and collateral in movables, the  
haircut is 100%.  
The Group applies various instruments available to  
reducing the risk on individual transactions, including  
collateral in the form of tangible assets, netting  
agreements and guarantees. The most important  
instruments that can be used to reduce risk are charges  
on tangible and intangible assets, guarantees and  
netting agreements under derivative master agreements,  
as further described in Liquidity risk p. 107 Collateral  
provided by the Group. Table 5 shows collateral for  
exposures excluding exposures with impairment or past  
due exposures. Collateral amounts to DKK 7.903m. The  
types of collateral most frequently provided are real  
estate (83%), ships/ aircraft (9%) and motor vehicles  
(2%) (see table 6) in addition to guarantees provided by  
owners or, in the Faroese market, by floating charge.  
104  
 
Annual Report 2021  
Table 5 shows the Bank’s total credit exposure and the  
collateral for the loans granted divided into personal,  
corporate and the public sector. Unsecured exposures  
accounted for 21% of personal exposures and 33% of  
corporate exposures. The largest part of the Bank’s  
credit is granted against collateral in real estate.  
Table 5  
Credit exposure and collateral 2021  
Personal  
Corporate  
sector  
Personal &  
corporate  
customers  
4,817  
4,378  
3,810  
57  
Public  
780  
498  
3
Total  
11,699  
9,432  
7,903  
236  
(DKKm)  
Exposure  
6,102  
4,556  
4,090  
178  
10,919  
8,934  
7,900  
235  
Loans, advances & guarantees  
Collateral  
Impairments  
0
Unsecured (of exposured)  
Unsecured (loans, advances and guarantees)  
Unsecured ratio  
1,007  
656  
2,014  
1,085  
33%  
3,021  
1,742  
28%  
778  
496  
100%  
99%  
3,799  
2,237  
32%  
21%  
Unsecured ratio, loans and advances  
15%  
24%  
19%  
24%  
Credit exposure and collateral 2020  
Continuing operations  
Personal  
customers  
Corporate  
sector  
Personal &  
corporate  
Public  
860  
476  
1
Total  
11,918  
7,910  
7,691  
326  
(DKKm)  
Exposure  
4,941  
3,698  
3,917  
73  
6,118  
3,736  
3,773  
252  
11,059  
7,434  
7,690  
325  
Loans, advances & guarantees  
Collateral  
Impairments  
0
Unsecured (of exposured)  
Unsecured (loans, advances and guarantees)  
Unsecured ratio  
1,024  
737  
2,378  
1,110  
39%  
3,401  
1,847  
31%  
857  
0
4,258  
1,847  
36%  
21%  
20%  
100%  
0%  
Unsecured ratio, loans and advances  
30%  
25%  
23%  
Discontinued operations  
Personal  
customers  
Corporate  
sector  
Personal &  
corporate  
Public  
Total  
4,696  
2,387  
2,837  
141  
(DKKm)  
Exposure  
4,588  
2,340  
2,787  
136  
108  
47  
4,696  
2,387  
2,837  
141  
Loans, advances & guarantees  
Collateral  
50  
Impairments  
4
Unsecured (of exposured)  
Unsecured (loans, advances and guarantees)  
Unsecured ratio  
1,801  
1,262  
39%  
58  
1,859  
1,293  
40%  
1,859  
1,293  
40%  
31  
54%  
66%  
Unsecured ratio, loans and advances  
54%  
54%  
54%  
Table 12  
Collateral  
Continuing  
Discontinued  
operations  
operations  
2020  
3%  
(in %)  
2021  
2%  
2020  
4%  
Cars  
Real Estate  
Aircrafts & Ships  
Other  
83%  
9%  
84%  
45%  
0%  
8%  
5%  
6%  
51%  
Total  
100%  
100%  
100% s  
105  
 
Annual Report 2021  
Table 7  
Distribution of past due amount  
2021  
2020  
Continuing operations  
Total  
balance  
Total  
balance  
Past due Past due with past  
total > 90 days due Exposure  
Past due Past due with past  
Exposure  
total > 90 days  
due  
(DKKm)  
Portfolio without weakness (3, 2a)  
5,473  
5,358  
295  
33  
12  
1
0
0
0
1
960  
1,274  
87  
5,504  
5,488  
324  
9
20  
1
0
1
0
2
482  
Portfolio with some weakness (2b,  
2b)  
1,388  
190  
Portfolio with significant weakness  
(2c)  
Portfolio with impairment/provision  
(1)  
431  
4
183  
496  
5
168  
Portfolio without individual  
classification  
142  
0
51  
0
2
23  
106  
0
35  
0
3
6
Total  
11,699  
2,528  
11,918  
2,234  
Past due in % of exposure  
0.44%  
0.01%  
0.29%  
0.00%  
2020  
Discontinued operations  
Total  
balance  
Past due Past due with past  
Exposure  
total > 90 days  
due  
(DKKm)  
Portfolio without weakness (3, 2a)  
1,810  
3
5
0
1
0
0
0
0
160  
Portfolio with some weakness (2b,  
2b)  
2,564  
74  
384  
20  
Portfolio with significant weakness  
(2c)  
Portfolio with impairment/provision  
(1)  
202  
52  
Portfolio without individual  
classification  
45  
0
9
0
0
6
Total  
4,696  
621  
Past due in % of exposure  
0.19%  
0.00%  
Table 8  
Loans and advances specified by maturity  
Continuing operations  
Continuing operations  
Discontinued operations  
(DKKm)  
2021  
87  
2020  
87  
2020  
26  
On demand  
3 months and below  
3 months to 1 year  
Over 1 year to 5 years  
Over 5 years  
282  
281  
82  
903  
901  
264  
2,761  
3,591  
7,624  
2,755  
3,583  
7,608  
808  
1,051  
2,231  
Total  
As shown in table 7, DKK 2m is more than 90 days past  
due.  
Firms, etc. as valid in the Faroe Islands. The expected  
credit loss is calculated for all individual facilities as a  
function of the probability of default (PD), the exposure  
at default (EAD) and the loss given default (LGD). All  
expected credit loss impairments are allocated to  
individual exposures. For all exposures with objective  
indication of being subject to an impairment in  
The Group tests the entire loan portfolio for impairment  
four times per year.  
The Group’s impairments reflect the expected credit loss  
impairment model in IFRS 9 and Executive Order on  
Financial Reports for Credit Institutions and Investment  
creditworthiness, stage  
3
exposures, the Group  
determines the expected credit losses individually.  
106  
 
Annual Report 2021  
If a loan, advance or amount due is classified to stage 3,  
the Group determines the individual impairment charge.  
The charge equals the difference between the carrying  
amount and the present value of the estimated future  
cash flow from the asset, including the realisation value  
of collateral, in three weighted scenarios – the basecase,  
upside and downside scenario. Loans and advances not  
classified as stage 3 are classified in stage 1 or stage 2  
and the expected credit loss is calculated in accordance  
with the function described above and then impaired.  
Table 9 provides a breakdown of individual impairments,  
stage 3, and statistical based impairments, stage 1 and  
2
including DKK 52m impaired at the Executive  
Management’s discretion. Table 10 shows a breakdown  
of the mentioned DKK 52m impaired.  
In connection with the acquisition of Sparbank (2010)  
and Amagerbanken (2011), the Group took over some of  
the exposures that were individually impaired and some  
of these exposures are a part of the continued operation.  
These impairments are recognised as part of the  
purchase price for the acquired exposures. In 2021 DKK  
23m of the impairments reflected in the table below are  
individual impairments recognised up to 12 months after  
the acquisition of the relevant exposure.  
As the expected credit loss, especially for exposures  
categorised as stage 1 or 2, primarily are based on  
historical information, the Executive Management and  
the Board of Directors may add a discretionary increase  
in impairments to cover credit losses expected not to be  
covered by the calculations described above, e.g. due to  
an expected or emerging economic crisis in one or more  
sectors and/or in one or more geographic locations.  
A further breakdown by maturity of loans and advances  
can be found in table 9. There are no aggregated data  
on the collateral behind matured loans and advances.  
Table 9  
Specification of individual and statistic impairments  
2021  
2020  
Continuing operations  
Individual  
Individual  
impairments  
impairments  
DKKm  
Loans gross  
DKKm  
Loans gross  
Individual impairments:  
Faroe Islands  
Denmark  
Individual impairments:  
Faroe Islands  
Denmark  
198  
32  
65  
41  
253  
70  
95  
92  
Greenland  
159  
389  
30  
Greenland  
95  
27  
Total  
136  
Total  
418  
214  
Statistic impairments:  
Faroe Islands  
Denmark  
Statistic impairments:  
Faroe Islands  
Denmark  
6,596  
1
66  
2
6,571  
45  
71  
4
Greenland  
910  
7,910  
34  
Greenland  
876  
38  
Total  
101  
Total  
7,910  
114  
Discontinued operations  
2020  
Individual  
impairments  
DKKm  
Loans gross  
Individual impairments:  
Denmark  
171  
105  
Total  
171  
105  
Statistic impairments:  
Denmark  
2,215  
36  
Total  
2,215  
36  
107  
 
Annual Report 2021  
Distribution of impairments at the Executive  
Management's discretion  
Table 10  
2021  
(DKKm)  
Country / Stage  
Faroe Islands  
Greenland  
Denmark  
1
23.7  
13.9  
0.0  
2
5.8  
2w  
1.0  
0.0  
0.0  
1.0  
3
0.0  
3.0  
0.0  
3.0  
Total  
30.6  
21.6  
0.2  
4.7  
0.2  
Total  
37.6  
10.7  
52.4  
2020  
(DKKm)  
Country / Stage  
Faroe Islands  
Greenland  
1
16.7  
11.0  
0.0  
2
13.5  
7.5  
2w  
0.3  
0.0  
0.1  
0.0  
0.4  
3
0.0  
3.0  
0.0  
0.0  
3.0  
Total  
30.6  
21.6  
0.2  
Denmark  
0.1  
Discontinued operations  
4.5  
3.1  
7.6  
Total  
32.3  
24.3  
60.0  
Market Risk  
Policy and responsibility  
The Group’s market risk management relates to the  
Group’s assets, liabilities and off-balance-sheet items.  
The Board of Directors defines the overall policies / limits  
for the Group’s market risk exposures, including the  
overall risk limits. The limits on market risks are set with  
consideration of the risk they imply, and how they match  
the Group’s strategic plans. On behalf of the Executive  
Board, the Group Risk Committee is responsible for  
allocating the market risk to the Group’s major business  
areas. Historically, lines have mainly been granted to  
Treasury. Treasury is responsible for monitoring and  
handling the Bank’s market risks and positions. Markets  
have been granted small market risk lines for its daily  
operations. The Finance Department reports market  
risks to the Executive Board on a monthly basis.  
Organisation  
The Bank has established an Investment Working Group  
to monitor the financial markets and continuously update  
its view on the financial markets. The Investment  
Working Group meets once a month to discuss the  
outlook for the financial markets and make an update  
containing a recommendation on tactical asset allocation  
to the Investment Group. The Investment Working Group  
refers to the Investment Group. Participants in the  
Investment Group are the CEO, the CFO, the COO, the  
CIO, the Financial Manager and Treasury. Based on the  
recommendation, the Investment Group decides  
whether to retain or revise the Bank’s official outlook. The  
Investment Group’s decisions are communicated  
throughout the organization and form the basis for all  
advice provided to customers and included in the Bank’s  
official Markets Update.  
Reporting of Market risk  
Board of Directors  
Monthly  
Overview of  
Definition  
The Group defines market risk as the risks taken in  
- Interest risk  
- Exchange risk  
- Equity market risk  
- Liquidity risk  
relation to price fluctuations in the financial markets.  
Several types of risk may arise and the Bank manages  
and monitors these risks carefully.  
Executive Board  
Overview of  
Monthly  
BankNordik’s market risks are  
- Interest risk  
•
•
•
Interest rate risk: risk of loss caused by a upward  
change in interest rates  
Exchange rate risk: risk of loss from positions in  
foreign currency when exchange rates change  
Equity market risk: risk of loss from falling equity  
values  
- Exchange risk  
- Equity market risk  
- Liquidity risk  
Daily  
Overview of  
- Exchange risk  
- Equity market risk  
- Liquidity risk  
108  
 
Annual Report 2021  
Control and management  
Interest rate risk  
The stringent exchange rate risk policies support the  
The Group’s policy is to invest most of its excess liquidity  
Group’s investment policy of mainly holding listed Danish  
government and mortgage bonds. The Finance  
Department monitors and reports market risk to the  
Board of Directors and the Executive Board on a monthly  
basis.  
in LCR compliant bonds. As a consequence, BankNordik  
holds a large portfolio of bonds, and most of the Group’s  
interest rate risk stems from this portfolio.  
The Group’s interest rate risk is calculated according to  
the requirements of the Danish FSA. The interest rate  
risk is defined as the effects of a one percentage point  
parallel shift of the yield curve. BankNordik offers fixed  
rate loans to corporate customers. The interest rate risk  
from these loans is hedged with interest rate swaps on a  
one-to-one basis. Table 12 shows the Group’s overall  
interest rate risk measured as the expected loss on  
interest rate positions that would result from parallel  
upward shift of the yield curve.  
Market risk  
Table 10 shows the likely after tax effects on the Bank’s  
share capital from likely market changes.  
•
•
•
•
All equity prices fall by 10%  
All currencies change by 10% (EUR by 2,25%)  
Foreign exchange risk  
Upwards parallel shift of the yield curve of 100 bp  
The calculations show the potential losses for the Group  
deriving from market volatility.  
Table 11  
Likely after tax effects from changes in markets value  
% of Core  
Capital  
% of Core  
Capital  
Change  
10%  
2021  
2020  
24  
0
Equity risk DKKm (+/-)  
20  
0
1.1%  
0.0%  
0.0%  
0.0%  
0.3%  
1.0%  
0.0%  
0.0%  
0.0%  
0.4%  
Exchange risk DKKm (+/-) EUR  
Exchange risk DKKm (+/-) Other currencies  
Exchange risk, Total  
2.25%  
10%  
1
0
1
1
Interest rate risk DKKm (parallel shift)  
100 bp  
6
10  
Market Risk Management  
Level  
Board of Directors  
Executive Board  
Financial mangar  
Treasury  
Strategic  
Tactical  
Defines the overall market risk  
Implementing  
Delegating risk authorities to Managing the Bank's  
relevant divisions market risk  
Controlling & Reporting Trading  
Operational  
Exchange rate risk  
BankNordik’s base currency is DKK and assets and  
liabilities in other currencies therefore imply an extra risk  
as they may vary in value over time relative to DKK.  
BankNordik’s core business as a commercial bank  
makes it necessary to have access to foreign currencies  
and to hold positions in the most common currencies.  
Given the uncertainty of currency fluctuations,  
BankNordik´s policy is to maintain a low currency risk.  
The Group’s exchange rate risk mainly stems from  
customer loans / deposits in foreign currency  
Table 13  
Foreign exchange position  
(DKKm)  
2021  
2020  
15  
23  
Assets in foreign currency  
0
0
Liabilities and equity in foreign currency  
Exchange rate indicator 1  
15  
0
23  
1
Exchange rate indicator 2  
Table 14  
Equity risk  
(DKKm)  
Interest rate risk broken down by  
currency  
Table 12  
2021  
2020  
Share/unit trust certificates listed on the  
Copenhagen Stock Exchange  
60  
56  
(DKKm)  
2021  
2020  
12  
Other shares at fair value based on the  
fair-value option  
191  
253  
DKK  
EUR  
Total  
8
0
8
0
Total  
251  
309  
12  
109  
 
Annual Report 2021  
Operational liquidity risk  
Equity market risk  
The objective of the Group’s operational liquidity risk  
management is to ensure that the Group has sufficient  
liquidity at all times to handle customer transactions and  
changes in liquidity. BankNordik complies with LCR  
requirements and therefore closely monitors the bond  
portfolio with regards to holding sufficient LCR  
compliable bonds.  
BankNordik’s stringent risk policy restricts equity  
positions to listed and liquid shares and shares related to  
the Danish banking sector. The Group occasionally  
holds unlisted shares, for example in connection with  
taking over and reselling collateral from defaulted loans.  
The Group has acquired holdings in a number of unlisted  
banking related companies. These are mainly  
investments  
in  
companies  
providing  
financial  
Liquidity stress testing  
BankNordik has incorporated a liquidity stress testing  
infrastructure and financial services to the Bank. For  
some of these investments, BankNordik’s holding is  
rebalanced yearly according to the business volume  
generated by the Bank to the company in question.  
model based on LCR. This model is used at least  
monthly to forecast developments in the Bank’s liquidity  
on a 3-month and a 3-12-month horizon. The test is  
based on the business-as-usual situation with outflows  
from undrawn committed facilities and further stress  
measures. If the 3-month target is not met, the Executive  
Board must implement a contingency plan.  
Liquidity Risk  
Definition  
•
Liquidity risk is defined as the risk of loss resulting  
from  
Increased funding costs  
A lack of funding of new activities  
A lack of funding to meet the Group’s commitments  
Twelve-month liquidity  
The Bank’s 12-month funding requirements are based  
•
•
•
on projections for 2021 and takes the market outlook into  
account.  
Structural liquidity risk  
Deposits are generally considered a secure source of  
The Board of Directors has defined the Bank’s liquidity  
limits for the daily operational level and for budgeting  
plans. The Danish FSA has designated BankNordik as a  
systematically important financial institution (SIFI). With  
a liquidity coverage ratio (LCR) of 191 % at 31.  
December 2021 BankNordik’s liquidity position remains  
robust.  
funding. Deposits are generally short term but their  
historical stability enables BankNordik to grant customer  
loans with much longer terms e.g. 25 years to fund  
residential housing. It is crucial for any bank to handle  
such maturity mismatch and associated risk, and  
therefore it is essential to have a reputation as a safe  
bank for deposits. Table 16 shows assets and liabilities  
by a maturity structure. In order to minimize liquidity risk,  
BankNordiks policy is to have strong liquidity from  
different funding sources.  
Control and management  
Liquidity risk is a fundamental part of the Group’s  
business strategy. The Group’s liquidity is monitored and  
managed by Treasury on a daily basis in accordance  
with the limits set by the Board of Directors and reported  
to the Executive Board by the Finance Department. A  
liquidity report with stress tests is submitted to the  
Executive Board and the Group Risk Committee on a  
monthly basis. Treasury has the operational  
responsibility for investment of the liquidity, while  
Finance Department is responsible for reporting and  
monitoring liquidity. The Group has implemented  
contingency plans to ensure that it is ready to respond to  
unfavorable liquidity conditions.  
Funding sources  
The Group monitors its funding mix to make sure that  
there is a satisfactory diversification between deposits,  
equity, hybrid capital, and loans from the financial  
markets.  
Collateral provided by the Group  
As customarily used by financial market participants  
BankNordik has entered into standard CSA agreements  
with other banks. These agreements commit both parties  
to provide and daily adjust collateral for negative market  
values. The bank with negative value exposure receives  
collateral. Thereby reducing counterparty risk to daily  
market fluctuations of derivatives and pledged amount.  
As a consequence of these agreements BankNordik at  
yearend 2021 had pledged bonds and cash deposits  
valued at DKK 62m under these agreements.  
BankNordik also provides collateral to the Danish central  
bank to give the Bank access to the intraday draft facility  
with the central bank as part of the Danish clearing  
Exposures related to  
Table 15  
trading and investment  
activities  
(DKKm)  
2021  
1,881  
12  
2020  
4,473  
12  
Bonds at fair value  
Derivatives with positive fair value  
Equity  
251  
309  
Total  
2,144  
4,794  
110  
 
Annual Report 2021  
services for securities. At yearend 2021, this collateral  
amounted to DKK 35m.  
Liquidity Management  
Board of Directors  
Objective Defines the objectives for  
liquidity policies  
Executive Board  
CFO  
Financial manager  
Treasury  
Tactical  
Sufficient and well  
diversified funding  
Planning  
Providing background  
materials  
Operational  
Controlling &  
Reporting  
Monitoring  
Establish contact  
111  
 
Annual Report 2021  
Table 16  
Remaining maturity  
(DKK 1,000)  
Without fixed  
2021  
0-1 months 1-3 months 3-12 months  
More than 1 year  
maturity  
Total  
1,291,534  
445,411  
7,624,093  
1,683,345  
251,423  
1,934,768  
11,972  
Cash in hand and demand deposits with central banks  
1,291,534  
445,411  
87,299  
0
0
0
Due from Credit institution  
Loans and advances  
Bonds  
281,704  
902,825  
606,462  
0
2,761,237  
502,418  
0
3,591,028  
574,465  
251,423  
825,888  
11,972  
0
0
0
0
0
0
Shares  
Bonds and Shares  
Derivatives  
606,462  
502,418  
Other Assets  
19,827  
27,591  
17,525  
0
148  
65,091  
Total assets  
2,681,930  
309,295  
1,526,811  
3,263,655  
3,591,176 11,372,868  
2021  
Due to credit institutions and central banks  
Deposits  
838,608  
838,608  
7,914,185  
0
0
0
350,000  
72,153  
68,524  
26,505  
0
7,914,185  
350,000  
182,487  
71,455  
Issued bonds  
Other liabilities  
15,820  
244  
51,077  
488  
3,160  
2,198  
40,277  
0
Lease liabilities  
Provisions for liabilities  
Subordinated debt  
Equity  
26,505  
99,370  
99,370  
2,185,994  
2,185,994  
Total  
8,768,856  
51,566  
5,358  
517,182  
2,325,641 11,668,603  
Off-balance sheet items  
Financial Guarantees  
Other commitments  
Total  
222,079  
1,393,667  
1,615,746  
222,079  
1,393,667  
1,615,746  
Without fixed  
maturity  
2020  
0-1 months 1-3 months 3-12 months  
More than 1 year  
Total  
208,010  
15,310  
Cash in hand and demand deposits with central banks  
Hereof discontinued operations  
Due from Credit institution  
Hereof discontinued operations  
Loans and advances  
Hereof discontinued operations  
Bonds  
208,010  
15,310  
0
0
0
1,177,476  
52,800  
1,177,476  
52,800  
113,113  
25,646  
363,106  
82,325  
1,164,908  
264,113  
100,098  
0
3,563,372  
807,905  
1,392,634  
0
4,634,401  
9,838,901  
2,230,722  
4,472,621  
309,443  
4,782,064  
12,345  
1,050,733  
277,152  
309,443  
586,595  
12,345  
2,702,737  
0
0
0
0
Shares  
Bonds and Shares  
2,702,737  
100,098  
1,392,634  
Derivatives  
Other Assets  
996,935  
3,094,474  
66,014  
0
202,606  
1,265,555  
Total assets  
3,131,857  
1,265,006  
4,956,006  
4,837,007 17,284,351  
2020  
Due to credit institutions and central banks  
Deposits  
28,292  
12,482,994  
5,667,183  
28,292  
77,047  
9,778  
44,092  
1,549,639 14,163,550  
Hereof discontinued operations  
Issued bonds  
34,979  
4,439  
20,017  
703,524  
6,430,142  
Other liabilities  
29,571  
829  
67,181  
1,658  
11,478  
7,461  
28,654  
25,025  
22,749  
184,140  
67,134  
321,025  
102,107  
22,749  
Lease liabilities  
Provisions for liabilities  
Subordinated debt  
Equity  
224,695  
224,695  
2,227,024  
2,227,024  
Total  
12,541,686  
145,885  
28,717  
120,521  
4,252,633 17,089,442  
Off-balance sheet items  
Financial Guarantees  
Hereof discontinued operations  
Other commitments  
583,259  
297,636  
324,855  
53,158  
583,259  
297,636  
324,855  
53,158  
Hereof discontinued operations  
Total  
908,114  
908,114  
112  
 
Annual Report 2021  
Insurance Risk  
Insurance risk  
Trygd covers the insurance liabilities through a portfolio  
of securities and investment assets exposed to market  
risk.  
Insurance risk in the Group consists mostly of non-life  
insurance risk. The Group has a non-life insurance  
company, Trygd and  
NordikLív.  
a life insurance company,  
Trygd has invested in investment securities and cash  
and cash equivalents in the effort to balance the  
exposure to market and currency risk (see table 19).  
Risk exposure for an insurance company can be defined  
as a contingency event, chain of events or bad  
management which can by itself, or by accumulation,  
seriously affect the annual results of the insurer and in  
extreme cases make it unable to meet its liabilities. Risks  
for an insurance operation are typically categorized as  
insurance risk and market risk. Among other risks are  
currency exchange risk, liquidity risk, counterparty and  
concentration risk and operational risk.  
Capital requirements  
The effects on BankNordiks solvency, due to the  
ownership of the insurance companies Trygd and  
NordikLív, are considered low. According to CRR the risk  
weighted assets has increased DKK 229m. The negative  
effect on the Total capital ratio thus is 1,0% points.  
Financial assets linked to  
insurance risk in Trygd  
Careful and prudent risk management forms an integral  
part of any insurance operations. The nature of  
insurance is to deal with unknown future incidents  
resulting in a payment obligation. An important part of  
managing insurance risk is reinsurance. The Group must  
protect itself against dramatic fluctuations in technical  
results by entering into agreements on reinsurance so  
that the risk of the Group having to pay claims from its  
own funds is reasonable in relation to the risks assumed,  
their composition and the company’s equity. This is done  
with statistical spread of risks and accumulation of funds,  
quantified by statistical methods, to meet these  
obligations.  
Table 19  
(DKK 1,000)  
2021  
2020  
Listed securities on stock exchange  
Accounts receivable (total technical provisions)  
Cash and cash equivalents  
Total  
159,660  
4,646  
179,405  
3,140  
4,773  
13,012  
195,558  
169,079  
Run-off gains/losses in  
Trygd  
Table 20  
(DKKm)  
Sector  
2021  
-0.01  
-0.06  
-10.62  
1.45  
2020  
0.67  
0.34  
-5.55  
3.31  
-1.23  
2019  
1.04  
-0.14  
-0.17  
3.56  
4.28  
2018  
-0.68  
-0.10  
-1.05  
3.11  
2017  
1.25  
0.46  
0.19  
2.93  
4.82  
Industry  
Private  
Accidents  
Automobile  
Total  
Likely effects from changes in  
Table 17  
-9.24  
1.28  
markets value  
(DKKm)  
Change  
2021  
2020  
Equity risk (+/-)  
10%  
2.25%  
10%  
Exchange risk (+/-) in euro  
Exchange risk (+/-) other currency  
Interest rate risk (parallel shift) - Trygd  
Interest rate risk (parallel shift) Total  
100 bp  
100 bp  
1.2  
1.1  
1.8  
1.7  
Distrubution of Trygd's  
portfolio  
Table 18  
2021  
2020  
35.3%  
64.7%  
Commercial lines  
Personal lines  
34.7%  
65.3%  
The Group has defined internal procedures to minimise  
the possible loss in regard to insurance liabilities. The  
insurance companies evaluate their insurance risk on a  
regular basis for the purpose of optimising the risk profile.  
Risk management also involves holding  
a
well  
ldiversified insurance portfolio. The insurance portfolio of  
Trygd is well diversified in personal and commercial lines  
(see table 18).  
113  
 
Annual Report 2021  
Table 21  
Contractual maturity for the insurance segment  
(DKK 1,000)  
No stated  
maturity  
2021  
On demand  
0-12 months  
1-5 years  
Over 5 years  
Total  
Assets  
Securities  
159,660  
159,660  
4,646  
Reinsurance assets  
Accounts receivables  
Restricted cash  
4,646  
4,185  
4,185  
Cash and cash equivalents  
Total financial assets  
4,299  
4,299  
163,959  
8,831  
172,790  
Liabilities  
Technical provision  
Account payable  
Total financial liabilities  
112,353  
112,353  
112,353  
112,353  
Assets - liabilities  
163,959  
-103,522  
60,437  
Contractual maturity for the insurance segment  
(DKK 1,000)  
No stated  
maturity  
2020  
On demand  
0-12 months  
1-5 years  
Over 5 years  
Total  
Assets  
Securities  
179,405  
179,405  
3,140  
Reinsurance assets  
Accounts receivables  
Restricted cash  
3,140  
5,680  
5,680  
Cash and cash equivalents  
Total financial assets  
13,012  
13,012  
192,417  
8,820  
201,238  
Liabilities  
Technical provision  
Account payable  
Total financial liabilities  
94,696  
10,566  
94,696  
10,566  
105,262  
105,262  
Assets - liabilities  
192,417  
-96,442  
95,976  
Trygd non-life insurance  
The size of provisions for claims is based on individual  
assessments of the final costs of individual claims,  
supplemented with at least annual statistical analyses.  
The Board of Directors and Executive Management of  
Trygd must ensure that the company has an adequate  
capital base and internal procedures for risk  
measurement and risk management to assess the  
necessary capital base applying a spread appropriate to  
cover Trygd’s risks.  
The company´s acceptance policy is based on a full  
customer relationship, which is expected to contribute to  
the overall profitability of the Group. In relation to  
acceptance of corporate insurance products, the Board  
of Directors has approved a separate acceptance policy,  
which is implemented in the handling process of the  
corporate department.  
In order to meet these requirements Trygd´s policies and  
procedures are regularly updated. Risk management at  
Trygd is based on a number of policies, business  
procedures and risk assessments which are reviewed  
and must be approved by the Board of Directors  
annually.  
Reinsurance is an important aspect of managing  
insurance risk. The Group must protect itself against  
dramatic fluctuations in technical results by entering into  
114  
 
Annual Report 2021  
agreements on reinsurance so as to make the risk of the  
Group having to pay claims from its own funds  
reasonable in relation to the size of the risk assumed, the  
risk composition and Trygd´s equity.  
NordikLív issues regular life, disability and critical illness  
insurance covers as well as limited pension savings in  
the Faroese market.  
The primary risks of NordikLív are financial risks,  
insurance risks, operational risks and commercial risks.  
Trygd has organized a reinsurance program which  
ensures that e.g. large natural disasters and significant  
individual claims do not compromise Trygd´s ability to  
meet its obligations. For large natural disasters, the total  
cost to Trygd will amount to a maximum of DKK 6m. The  
reinsurance program is reviewed once a year and  
approved by the Board of Directors.  
NordikLív’s investment policy is restrictive and at present  
NordikLív only holds government bonds and Danish  
mortgaged backed bonds limiting the primary financial  
risk to interest rate risk. There is no exchange rate risk,  
as all investments are based in DKK.  
No significant change was made to the reinsurance  
programme in Trygd from the start of 2021.  
In respect of insurance risks these are, due to the  
company’s limited product portfolio, mainly related to  
death, disability, costs and the occurrence of  
a
Trygd uses reputable reinsurance companies with strong  
ratings (A-class ratings at least on S&P or equivalent)  
and financial positions.  
catastrophe. To mitigate these risks NordikLív’s  
underwriting policy is aimed at securing that only risks  
that can be characterized as normal for the relevant area  
of insurance are accepted.  
Trygd’s Claims Department is responsible for handling  
all claims and only claims employees deal with claims  
matters or advise claimants in specific claim cases.  
Technical provisions to cover future payments for claims  
arising are calculated using appropriate and generally  
recognised methods. Insurance provisions are made to  
cover the future risk on the basis of experience from  
previous and similar claims. These are updated on a  
yearly basis taking realized costs of claims into account  
and the Claims Department are continuously updating  
and monitoring the claim provisions. These methods and  
analyses are subject to the natural uncertainty inherent  
in estimating future payments, both in terms of size and  
date of payment.  
Further, NordikLív reinsures it’s against larger claims,  
e.g. because of the occurrence of a catastrophe in a  
Group reinsurance life policy together with the sister  
company Trygd. The combined deductible is DKK 3m  
with regards to reinsurance.  
Operational risks are the risks of suffering an economic  
loss due insufficient or the complete lack of internal  
procedures, human or system-based errors or due to  
external events, including a change in legislation.  
Commercial risks are related to the uncertainty of the  
development of the Faroese life insurance market,  
change in customer behaviour and demands, a shift in  
technology and reputational risk.  
Trygd’s investment policy is restrictive and during 2021  
Trygd only held government bonds and Danish  
mortgaged backed bonds limiting the primary financial  
risk to interest rate risk. There is no exchange rate risk,  
as all investments are based in DKK.  
In order to mitigate operational and commercial risks  
NordikLív has entered into cooperation agreements with  
Forenede Gruppeliv, Trygd and BankNordik providing  
the company with expert resources within production,  
administration, internal audit, risk management and  
compliance.  
NordikLív — Life insurance  
NordikLív is a life insurance company established in  
2015 and wholly owned by BankNordik. The company  
began operations in 2016.  
115  
 
Annual Report 2021  
Highlights, ratios and key figures, five year summary - BankNordik Group  
Note 51 Highlights1  
DKK 1,000  
Index  
21/20  
2021  
268,580  
79,360  
351,370  
33,895  
385,264  
4,391  
2020  
278,220  
59,892  
2019  
258,853  
55,765  
318,307  
52,327  
370,634  
1,370  
2018  
2017  
387,216  
190,425  
583,041  
43,367  
626,407  
20,131  
33,534  
453,630  
-35,107  
189,078  
0
Net interest income  
97  
133  
103  
75  
374,143  
172,213  
557,752  
43,751  
601,503  
7,113  
Net fee and commision income  
Net interest and fee income  
341,384  
45,152  
Net insurance income  
Interest and fee income and income from insurance activities, net  
386,535  
-16,968  
7,086  
100  
Market value adjustments  
Other operating income  
11,009  
232,567  
-76,561  
193,356  
78,983  
272,340  
7,624,093  
1,880,565  
2,684  
155  
95  
12,470  
262,513  
-68,962  
144,159  
62,471  
206,631  
9,908,886  
5,599,529  
9,957  
19,947  
459,247  
-110,782  
262,097  
0
Staff cost and administrative expenses  
Impairment charges on loans and advances etc.  
Net profit continuing operations  
Net profit discontinued operations  
Net profit  
244,335  
-4,962  
1,543  
187  
125  
164  
100  
42  
103,150  
63,035  
166,186  
7,607,901  
4,472,621  
2,432  
262,097  
9,956,478  
4,565,087  
6,678  
189,078  
9,537,425  
4,262,730  
0
Loans and advances  
Bonds at fair value  
Intangible assets  
110  
0
Assets held for sale  
0
4,466  
1,500  
20,364  
0
6,302  
Assets in disposals groups classified as held for sale  
Total assets  
0
3,217,940  
17,290,303  
27,954  
0
0
11,789,746  
838,608  
348,938  
7,899,659  
0
68  
18,173,399  
54,922  
0
16,703,555  
298,610  
0
15,784,953  
360,497  
0
Amounts due to credit institutions and central banks  
Issued bonds at amortised cost  
Deposits and other debt  
3,000  
0
7,733,408  
6,520,004  
2,271,024  
102  
90  
14,367,685  
0
13,432,228  
0
12,632,463  
0
Liabilities directly associated w ith assets in disposal groups classified  
Total shareholders' equity  
2,035,853  
2,112,335  
1,981,742  
1,820,092  
Ratios and key figures  
Solvency  
Dec. 31  
2020  
29.6  
Dec. 31  
2020  
26.4  
Dec. 31  
2019  
22.3  
Dec. 31  
2018  
19.8  
Dec. 31  
2017  
19.7  
Total capital ratio, incl. MREL capital, %  
Total capital ratio, %  
27.5  
26.4  
22.3  
19.8  
19.7  
Core capital ratio, %  
26.0  
24.1  
20.2  
17.7  
17.5  
CET 1 capital  
23.8  
22.6  
18.8  
17.7  
17.5  
Risk-w eighted Items, DKK mill  
Profitability  
6,841  
9,774  
10,764  
10,621  
9,895  
Return on shareholders' equity before tax, %  
Return on shareholders' equity after tax, %  
Income / Cost ratio  
11.1  
12.6  
2.5  
9.4  
7.6  
12.7  
10.1  
1.9  
17.0  
13.8  
2.1  
12.5  
10.1  
1.5  
1.5  
Cost / income, % (excl. value adjustm. and impairments)  
Return on assets  
60.4  
2.3  
64.1  
1.0  
70.5  
1.1  
67.0  
1.6  
72.8  
1.2  
Market risk  
Interest rate risk, %  
-0.4  
0.8  
0.0  
0.5  
1.0  
0.0  
1.8  
1.4  
0.1  
1.7  
1.3  
0.1  
1.6  
0.9  
Foreign exchange position, %  
Foreign exchange risk, %  
Liquidity  
Loans and advances plus impairment charges as % of  
deposits  
99.5  
104.4  
231.1  
72.3  
78.4  
79.4  
Liquidity Coverage Ratio (LCR), %  
191.4  
229.5  
265.8  
209.0  
Credit risk  
Large exposures as % of capital base  
Impairment and provisioning ratio, %  
Write-off and impairments ratio, %  
Share of amounts due on w hich interest rates have been reduced, %  
Grow th on loans and advances, %  
Gearing of loans and advances, %  
Shares  
25.9  
2.6  
20.5  
5.1  
10.0  
3.7  
10.5  
4.5  
13.7  
4.0  
-0.8  
0.3  
-0.1  
0.7  
-0.5  
0.8  
-0.8  
0.8  
-0.3  
0.4  
0.2  
-23.2  
3.3  
-0.5  
4.7  
4.4  
4.3  
3.7  
5.0  
5.2  
Earnings per share after tax, DKK  
Book value per share, DKK  
28.5  
212.7  
40.2  
140.5  
4.9  
17.4  
237.3  
5.0  
21.8  
221.6  
7.0  
27.1  
0.2  
19.5  
187.2  
4.0  
Proposed dividend per share DKK  
Market price per share, DKK  
7.0  
152.0  
8.7  
109.0  
5.0  
108.5  
4.0  
106.0  
5.4  
Market price / earnings per share DKK  
Market price / book value per share DKK  
Other  
0.7  
0.6  
0.5  
0.5  
0.6  
Number of full-time employees, end of period  
195  
352  
377  
393  
400  
1) The highlights in 2017-2019 are not comparable due to reclassificaton of discontinued operations in 2020  
116  
 
Annual Report 2021  
Highlights, ratios and key figures, five year summary - P/F Bank Nordik  
Highlights1  
Note 51  
(cont'd) DKK 1,000  
Net interest income  
2021  
267,718  
91,754  
362,900  
6,813  
2020  
276,691  
71,406  
2019  
257,186  
66,652  
327,527  
6,943  
2018  
372,694  
182,209  
566,299  
9,531  
2017  
385,612  
199,367  
590,378  
21,952  
29,174  
431,121  
27,599  
-35,107  
12,160  
189,078  
0
Net fee and commision income  
Net interest and fee income  
351,369  
-13,923  
2,978  
Market value adjustments  
Other operating income  
4,968  
6,679  
13,940  
438,578  
-44,379  
-110,782  
14,565  
262,097  
0
Staff cost and administrative expenses  
Depreciation and impairment of property, plant and equipment  
Impairment charges on loans and advances etc.  
Income from associated and subsidiary undertakings  
Net profit continuing operations  
Net profit discontinued operations  
Net profit  
211,855  
6,088  
225,740  
6,941  
240,146  
6,971  
-76,561  
5,094  
-4,962  
-68,962  
19,501  
144,159  
62,471  
206,631  
9,908,886  
5,404,445  
9,957  
14,285  
193,356  
78,983  
272,340  
7,624,093  
1,683,517  
2,684  
103,150  
63,035  
166,186  
7,607,901  
4,255,519  
2,432  
262,097  
9,956,478  
4,374,064  
6,678  
189,078  
9,537,425  
4,091,177  
0
Loans and advances  
Bonds at fair value  
Intangible assets  
Assets held for sale  
0
4,466  
1,500  
20,364  
0
6,302  
Assets in disposals groups classified as held for sale  
Total assets  
0
3,217,940  
17,199,646  
27,954  
0
0
11,674,564  
838,608  
348,938  
7,914,185  
0
18,095,281  
54,922  
0
16,612,691  
298,610  
0
15,713,057  
360,497  
0
Amounts due to credit institutions and central banks  
Issued bonds at amortised cost  
Deposits and other debt  
0
7,755,724  
6,520,004  
2,271,024  
14,399,292  
0
13,452,242  
0
12,653,510  
0
Liabilities directly associated with assets in Disposal groups classified  
Total shareholders' equity  
2,035,853  
2,112,335  
1,981,742  
1,820,092  
Ratios and key figures  
Dec. 31  
2021  
Dec. 31  
2020  
Dec. 31  
2019  
Dec. 31  
2018  
Dec. 31  
2017  
Solvency  
Total capital ratio, incl. MREL capital, %  
Total capital ratio, %  
29.6  
27.5  
26.4  
26.4  
22.3  
22.3  
19.8  
19.8  
19.7  
19.7  
Core capital ratio, %  
CET 1 capital  
26.0  
24.1  
20.2  
17.7  
17.5  
23.8  
22.6  
18.8  
17.7  
17.5  
Risk-weighted Items, DKK mill  
6,841  
9,774  
10,764  
10,621  
9,895  
Profitability  
Return on shareholders' equity before tax, %  
Return on shareholders' equity after tax, %  
Income / Cost ratio  
11.0  
12.6  
2.7  
9.3  
7.6  
8.9  
10.2  
2.0  
16.8  
13.8  
2.1  
12.4  
10.1  
1.5  
1.6  
Cost / income, % (excl. value adjustm. and impairments)  
Return on assets  
58.7  
2.3  
63.3  
1.0  
70.0  
1.2  
66.4  
1.6  
72.3  
1.2  
Market risk  
Interest rate risk, %  
0.5  
0.8  
0.0  
0.4  
1.0  
0.0  
1.8  
1.4  
0.1  
1.6  
1.3  
0.1  
1.5  
0.9  
0.1  
Foreign exchange position, %  
Foreign exchange risk, %  
Liquidity  
Loans and advances plus impairment charges as % of deposits  
Liquidity Coverage Ratio (LCR), %  
Credit risk  
99.3  
104.1  
231.1  
72.1  
78.3  
79.2  
191.4  
229.5  
265.8  
209.0  
Large exposures as % of capital base  
Impairment and provisioning ratio, %  
Write-off and impairments ratio, %  
Share of amounts due on which interest rates have been reduced, %  
Growth on loans and advances, %  
Gearing of loans and advances  
Shares  
25.9  
2.6  
20.5  
4.9  
10.0  
3.7  
10.5  
4.5  
13.7  
4.0  
-0.8  
0.3  
-0.1  
0.7  
-0.5  
0.8  
-0.8  
0.8  
-0.3  
0.4  
0.2  
-23.2  
3.3  
-0.5  
4.7  
4.4  
4.3  
3.7  
5.0  
5.2  
Earnings per share after tax, DKK  
Book value per share, DKK  
28.5  
212.7  
40.2  
140.5  
4.9  
17.4  
237.3  
5.0  
22.1  
221.6  
7.0  
27.1  
207.2  
7.0  
19.5  
187.2  
4.0  
Proposed dividend per share DKK  
Market price per share, DKK  
Market price / earnings per share DKK  
Market price / book value per share DKK  
Other  
152.0  
8.7  
109.0  
4.9  
108.5  
4.0  
106.0  
5.4  
0.7  
0.6  
0.5  
0.5  
0.6  
Number of full-time employees, end of period  
164  
320  
345  
360  
367  
1) The highlights in 2017-2019 are not comparable due to reclassificaton of discontinued operations in 2020  
117  
 
Annual Report 2021  
Definitions of key financial ratios  
Definition  
Key financial ratio  
Net profit for the year divided by the average number of  
shares out standing during the year.  
Earnings per share (DKK)  
Net profit for the year divided by the average number of  
shares outstanding during the year, including the dilutive  
effect of share options and conditional shares granted as  
share-based payments.  
Diluted earnings per share (DKK)  
Net profit for the year divided by average shareholders’  
equity during the year.  
Return on average shareholders’ equity (%)  
Operating expenses divided by total income (excl. value  
adjustments and impairments).  
Net profit for the year divided by average shareholders’  
equity during the year.  
Operating expenses divided by total income.  
Total income divided by operating expenses.  
Cost/income ratio (%)  
Income/cost ratio (%)  
Solvency ratio  
Total capital, less statutory deductions, divided by risk-  
weighted assets.  
Core (tier 1) capital, including hybrid core capital, less  
statutory deductions, divided by risk-weighted assets.  
Core (tier 1) capital ratio  
Core (tier 1) capital  
Hybrid core capital  
Core (tier 1) capital consists primarily of paid-up share  
capital, plus retained earnings, less intangible assets.  
Hybrid core capital consists of loans that form part of  
core (tier 1) capital. This means that hybrid core capital  
is used for covering losses if shareholders’ equity is lost.  
The total capital consists of shareholders’ equity and  
supplementary capital, less certain deductions, such as  
deduction for goodwill.  
Total capital  
Supplementary capital may not account for more than  
half of the total capital. Supplementary capital consists of  
subordinated loan capital that fulfils certain  
requirements. For example, if the Group defaults on its  
payment obligations, lenders cannot claim early  
redemption of the loan capital.  
Supplementary capital  
Total risk-weighted assets and off-balance-sheet items  
for credit risk, market risk and operational risk as  
calculated in accordance with the Danish FSA’s rules on  
capital adequacy as applied in the Faroe Islands.  
Risk-weighted assets  
Proposed dividend for the year divided by the number of  
shares in issue at the end of the year.  
Dividend per share (DKK)  
Closing price of BankNordik shares at the end of the  
year.  
Share price at December 31  
Shareholders’ equity at December 31 divided by the  
number of shares in issue at the end of the year.  
Book value per share (DKK)  
Number of full-time-equivalent staff (part-time staff  
translated into full-time staff) at the end of the year.  
Number of full-time-equivalent staff at December 31  
118  
 
Annual Report 2021  
Contact details  
Head Office  
Branches  
Greenland  
Faroe Islands  
P/F BankNordik
Oknarvegur 5
P.O. Box 3048  
Personal Banking  
Qullilerfik 2  
3900 Nuuk  
Phone: +299 34 79  
00  
Tórshavn  
Oknarvegur 5  
100 Tórshavn  
Phone: +298 330 330  
FO-110 Tórshavn
Faroe Islands
Phone: +298 330 330  
Fax: +298 330 001  
E-mail: info@banknordik.fo  
www.banknordik.fo  
Miðvágur  
Corporate Banking  
Qullilerfik 2  
3900 Nuuk  
Phone: +299 34 79  
00  
Jatnavegur 26  
370 Miðvágur  
Phone: +298 330 330  
P/F skr. nr. 10, Tórshavn  
SWIFT: FIFB FOTX  
Klaksvík  
Við Sandin 12  
700 Klaksvík  
Phone: +298 330 330  
BankNordik is a limited liability  
company incorporated and  
domiciled in the Faroe Islands.  
Saltangará  
Heiðavegur 54  
600 Saltangará  
Phone: +298 330 330  
The company is listed on  
Nasdaq Copnhagen.  
Tvøroyri  
Sjógøta 2  
800 Tvøroyri  
Phone: +298 330 330  
IR contact  
Rúna N. Rasmussen  
E-mail: rr@banknordik.fo  
Tel. +298 330 330  
Customer Service  
Oknarvegur 5  
100 Tórshavn  
Phone: +298 330 330  
Corporate Banking  
Oknarvegur 5  
100 Tórshavn  
Phone: +298 330 330  
Markets  
Oknarvegur 5  
100 Tórshavn  
Phone: +298 330 330  
Ungdómsbankin  
Oknarvegur 5  
100 Tórshavn  
Phone: +298 330 330  
119